### 1M23N29204 

# INSTRUCTION MANUAL 10-Channel Digital Proportional R/C System

TM

TM

### Technical updates and additional programming examples available at: http://www.futaba-rc.com/faq Entire Contents © 2014

# 3 Introduction ............................................6 Ɣ6XSSRUWDQG6HUYLFH ..................................6 Ɣ$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ ....7 Ɣ'H¿QLWLRQVRI6\PEROV ...............................8 Ɣ6DIHW\3UHFDXWLRQVGRQRWRSHUDWHZLWKRXW

UHDGLQJ .......................................................9


## %HIRUHXVH ..............................................12 Ɣ)HDWXUHVRI- ........................................12 Ɣ&RQWHQWVDQGWHFKQLFDOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV ....13 Ɣ6\VWHPFRPSDWLELOW\ ................................13 Ɣ$FFHVVRULHV ................................................14 Ɣ7UDQVPLWWHUFRQWUROV ................................15

%DWWHU\ ............................................................. 17 6ZLWFK ............................................................. 18 7RWXUQRQWKH- ......................................... 18 5HFHLYHUDQGVHUYRFRQQHFWLRQV .................... 19 &KDUJLQJWKHEDWWHULHV ................................... 22 6WLFNDGMXVWPHQW ............................................. 23 $GMXVWLQJGLVSOD\FRQWUDVW ............................. 24 &RQQHFWRU3OXJ ............................................... 24 7UDQVPLWWHUGLVSOD\V	EXWWRQV .................... 25 :DUQLQJ	HUURUGLVSOD\V .............................. 26 /LQNSURFHGXUH ............................................... 27 

### Ɣ5HFHLYHUQRPHQFODWXUH ............................28 Ɣ56%&+PRGH ..................................29 Ɣ5HFHLYHU
VDQWHQQDLQVWDOODWLRQ ...............  Ɣ0RXQWLQJWKHVHUYR ..................................31 Ɣ5DQJHFKHFNWKHUDGLR .............................32 Ɣ6%866%86,QVWDOODWLRQ .....................33 Ɣ6%86:LULQJH[DPSOH ............................34 Ɣ6%866\VWHP .........................................35 Ɣ6%866%86'HYLFHVHWWLQJ .................36 Ɣ7HOHPHWU\6\VWHP .....................................37 

# 7$%/(2)&217(176

INTRODUCTION

AIRPLANE

HELICOPTER

GLIDER

MULTICOPTER BEFORE USE

COMMON

TX SETTING

# 4 6WLFNSRVLWLRQDODUP ....................................... 65 

### Ɣ7HOHPHWU\ ..................................................66

7HOHPHWU\5[EDWW .......................................... 66 7HOHPHWU\([WYROW .........................................  7HOHPHWU\WHPS ............................................... 75 7HOHPHWU\USP ................................................ 76 7HOHPHWU\DOWLWXGH .......................................... 77 7HOHPHWU\YDULR .............................................. 78 7HOHPHWU\GLVWDQFH ......................................... 79 7HOHPHWU\VSHHG .............................................. 81 7HOHPHWU\EDWWHU\ ........................................... 82 

### Ɣ6HQVRUVORW .................................................83

6HQVRUUHJLVWHU ................................................ 84 6HQVRUVHQVVORW ............................................... 85 6HQVRULQLWLDOL]H .............................................. 86 6HQVRUDOOFOHDU ............................................... 87 6HQVRUPDQXDOO\DVVLJQLQJDVHQVRU ............. 88 

### Ɣ6%86VHUYROLQN ......................................89 Ɣ0RGHOWUDQVIHU ..........................................92 Ɣ7UDLQHU ......................................................93 

## $LUSODQHIXQFWLRQ .................................95 Ɣ$LOHURQ'LIIHUHQWLDO ..................................97 Ɣ$LOHURQĺ5XGGHU .....................................98 Ɣ97DLO .........................................................99 Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................  Ɣ(OHYRQ .....................................................  Ɣ$LOYDWRU ...................................................  Ɣ7KURWWOHĺ1HHGOH0L[LQJ ......................  Ɣ'XDOUDWH / (;32 ................................  Ɣ)ODSHURQ ..................................................  Ɣ$LUEUDNH ................................................  Ɣ)ODSĺ(OHYDWRUPL[LQJ ..........................  Ɣ(OHYDWRUĺ)ODSPL[LQJ .......................... 111 Ɣ)ODSWULP .................................................112 Ɣ7KURWWOHFXW .............................................113 Ɣ,GOHGRZQ ................................................115 Ɣ6QDSUROO ..................................................116 

## &RPPRQIXQFWLRQ .................................38 Ɣ0RGHOVHOHFW .............................................. 

0RGHOVHOHFW .................................................... 41 0RGHOFRS\ ...................................................... 41 'DWHUHVHW ......................................................... 41 5;W\SH ............................................................ 42 /LQN ................................................................. 42 

### Ɣ0RGHOQDPH ..............................................43

0RGHOQDPH .................................................... 43 8VHUQDPH ....................................................... 44 

### Ɣ)DLOVDIH .....................................................45 Ɣ6HUYRUHYHUVH ............................................47 Ɣ7LPHU .........................................................48 Ɣ6HUYRPRQLWRU ...........................................49 Ɣ(QGSRLQW ..................................................  Ɣ7ULP ...........................................................51 Ɣ6XEWULP ....................................................52 Ɣ3URJUDPPL[LQJ .......................................53 Ɣ$8;FKDQQHO ............................................56 Ɣ3DUDPHWHU .................................................58 'DWHUHVHW .........................................................  0RGHOW\SH ...................................................... 61 6ZDVKW\SHIRUKHOL ....................................... 61 :LQJW\SHIRUJOLGHU .................................... 61 $7/7ULP ........................................................ 61 /&'FRQWUDVW .................................................. 62 %DFNOLJKW ........................................................ 62 /LJKWWLPH ........................................................ 62 /LJKWDGMXVWPHQW ............................................ 62 +RPHGLVSOD\ .................................................. 62 %DWWHU\DODUPYROWDJH ................................... 62 %DWWHU\DODUPYROWDJHYLEUDWLRQ ................... 63 %X]]HUWRQH ..................................................... 63 -RJNH\QDYLJDWLRQ .......................................... 63 -RJOLJKW ........................................................... 63 -RJOLJKWWLPH .................................................. 64 7HOHPHWU\PRGH .............................................. 64 7HOHPHWU\XQLW ................................................. 64 6SHHFKODQJXDJH ............................................. 64 6SHHFKYROXPH ................................................ 64

# 5 Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYH ........................................117 Ɣ3,7FXUYH ................................................118 Ɣ7KURWWOHGHOD\ .........................................119 

## +HOLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQ ............................  Ɣ&RQGLWLRQ ................................................122 Ɣ6ZDVK$)5 .............................................123 Ɣ6ZDVKPL[LQJ .........................................124 Ɣ6ZDVKULQJ ..............................................126 Ɣ7ULPRIIVHW ..............................................127 Ɣ'HOD\ .......................................................128 Ɣ7KURWWOHFXW .............................................129 Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................131 Ɣ'XDOUDWH / (;32 ................................132 Ɣ7KURWWOHFXUYH ........................................134 Ɣ3LWFKFXUYH ..............................................136 Ɣ5HYROXWLRQPL[LQJ3,7WR58' .........138 Ɣ7KURWWOHKROG ..........................................  Ɣ*RYHUQRUPL[LQJ ....................................141 Ɣ+RYHULQJWKURWWOH ...................................143 Ɣ+RYHULQJSLWFK .......................................144 Ɣ+,/2SLWFKWULP ...................................145 Ɣ6ZDVKĺ7KURWWOHPL[LQJ .......................146 Ɣ7KURWWOHĺ1HHGOHPL[LQJ .......................147


## *OLGHUIXQFWLRQ ...................................148 Ɣ$LOHURQ'LIIHUHQWLDO ................................  Ɣ$LOHURQĺ5XGGHU ...................................151 Ɣ9WDLO ........................................................152 Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................153 Ɣ'XDOUDWH / (;32 ................................154 Ɣ0RWRUVZLWFK ..........................................156 Ɣ&RQGLWLRQ ................................................157 Ɣ5XGGHUĺ$LOHURQPL[LQJ ......................158 Ɣ&DPEHUÀDSPL[LQJ ...............................159 Ɣ&DPEHUPL[LQJ ......................................  Ɣ%XWWHUÀ\PL[LQJ .....................................161 Ɣ&DPEHUĺ(OHYDWRUPL[LQJ ....................162 Ɣ(OHYDWRUĺ&DPEHUPL[LQJ ....................163 Ɣ$LOHURQĺ&DPEHUPL[LQJ ......................165 Ɣ$LOHURQĺ%UDNHÀDS ..............................166 Ɣ7ULPPL[ .................................................167 

## 0XOWLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQ ..........................168 Ɣ*\URVHQVRU ............................................  Ɣ'XDOUDWH / (;32 ................................171 Ɣ&HQWHUDODUP ..........................................173 

## 7;VHWWLQJ ............................................174 Ɣ6WLFNPRGH ..............................................174 Ɣ6WLFNDGMXVWPHQW ....................................174 Ɣ7KURWWOHVWLFNUHYHUVH .............................175 Ɣ/DQJXDJH ................................................175Introduction



# 6 INTRODUCTION Thank you for purchasing a Futaba ® 

### T-FHSS Air -2.4GHz 10J series dig ital proportional R/C system. This system is extremely versatile and may be used by beginners and pros alike. In order IRU\RXWRPDNHWKHEHVWXVHRI\RXUV\VWHPDQGWRÀ\VDIHO\S OHDVHUHDGWKLVPDQXDOFDUHIXOO\ ,I \RX KDYH DQ\ GLIILFXOWLHV ZKLOH XVLQJ \RXU V\VWHP SOHDVH FR QVXOWWKHPDQXDO RXU RQOLQH )UHTXHQWO\$VNHG 4XHVWLRQV RQWKH ZHE SDJHV UHIHUHQFHG EHORZ  \RXU KREE\ GHDOHU RUWKH Futaba Service Center. 'XHWRXQIRUHVHHQFKDQJHVLQSURGXFWLRQSURFHGXUHVWKHLQIRUPD WLRQFRQWDLQHGLQWKLVPDQXDOLV subject to change without notice. Support and Service: It is recommended to have your Futaba equipment serviced annually during your hobby’s “off season” to ensure safe operation. IN NORTH AMERICA 3OHDVH IHHO IUHHWR FRQWDFWWKH )XWDED 6HUYLFH&HQWHU IRU DVVLV WDQFHLQ RSHUDWLRQ XVH DQG programming. Please be sure to regularly visit the 10J Frequently Asked Questions web site DW ZZZIXWDEDUFFRPIDT7KLV SDJHLQFOXGHV H[WHQVLYH SURJUDP PLQJ XVH VHW XS DQG VDIHW\ information on the 10J radio system and is updated regularly. Any technical updates and US PDQXDO FRUUHFWLRQV ZLOO EH DYDLODEOH RQWKLV ZHE SDJH ,I \RX G R QRW ¿QGWKH DQVZHUVWR \RXU TXHVWLRQVWKHUHSOHDVHVHHWKHHQGRIRXU)$4DUHDIRULQIR UPDWLRQRQFRQWDFWLQJXVYLDHPDLO for the most rapid and convenient response. 'RQ¶W KDYH ,QWHUQHW DFFHVV" ,QWHUQHW DFFHVVLV DYDLODEOH DW QR FKDUJH DWPRVW SXEOLFOLEUDULHV VFKRROVDQGRWKHUSXEOLFUHVRXUFHV:H¿QGLQWHUQHWVXSSRUWWR EHDIDEXORXVUHIHUHQFHIRUPDQ\ PRGHOHUVDVLWHPVFDQEHSULQWHGDQGVDYHGIRUIXWXUHUHIHUHQFH DQGFDQEHDFFHVVHGDWDQ\KRXU RIWKHGD\QLJKWZHHNHQGRUKROLGD\,I\RXGRQRWZLVKWRDF FHVVWKHLQWHUQHWIRULQIRUPDWLRQ KRZHYHUGRQ¶WZRUU\2XUVXSSRUWWHDPVDUHDYDLODEOH0RQGD\WK URXJK)ULGD\&HQWUDOWLPH to assist you.
FOR SERVICE ONLY:

Futaba Service Center 1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH &KDPSDLJQ,/ 3KRQH www.futaba-rc.com/service.html Email: futabaservice@hobbico.com FOR SUPPORT : (PROGRAMMING AND USER QUESTIONS) Please start here for answers to most questions: www.futaba-rc.com/faq/ )D[ 3KRQHRSWLRQ

OUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA 3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXU)XWDEDLPSRUWHULQ\RXUUHJLRQRIWKHZRUOG WRDVVLVW\RXZLWKDQ\TXHVWLRQV problems or service needs. 3OHDVH UHFRJQL]HWKDWDOOLQIRUPDWLRQLQWKLVPDQXDODQGDOO V XSSRUWDYDLODELOLW\LV EDVHG XSRQ the systems sold in North America only. Products purchased elsewhere may vary. Always contact your region’s support center for assistance.Introduction



# 7 $SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ 7KLVSURGXFWPD\EHXVHGIRUPRGHODLUSODQHRUVXUIDFHERDW FDUURERWXVH,WLVQRWLQWHQGHG for use in any application other than the control of models for hobby and recreational purposes. 7KH SURGXFWLV VXEMHFWWR UHJXODWLRQV RIWKH0LQLVWU\ RI5DGLR 7HOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV DQGLV restricted under Japanese law to such purposes. 2. Exportation precautions: D:KHQWKLVSURGXFWLVH[SRUWHGIURPWKHFRXQWU\RIPDQXIDFWXUHLWVXVHLVWREHDSSURYHGE\ the laws governing the country of destination which govern devices that emit radio frequencies. If WKLVSURGXFWLVWKHQUHH[SRUWHGWRRWKHUFRXQWULHVLWPD\EH VXEMHFWWRUHVWULFWLRQVRQVXFKH[SRUW Prior approval of the appropriate government authorities may be required. If you have purchased WKLVSURGXFWIURPDQH[SRUWHURXWVLGH\RXUFRXQWU\DQGQRWWKH DXWKRUL]HG)XWDEDGLVWULEXWRULQ \RXUFRXQWU\SOHDVHFRQWDFWWKHVHOOHULPPHGLDWHO\WRGHWHUPLQ HLIVXFKH[SRUWUHJXODWLRQVKDYH been met. (b) Use of this product with other than models may be restricted by Export and Trade Control 5HJXODWLRQVDQGDQDSSOLFDWLRQIRUH[SRUWDSSURYDOPXVWEHVXE PLWWHG7KLVHTXLSPHQWPXVWQRW be utilized to operate equipment other than radio controlled models. 0RGL¿FDWLRQDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHSODFHPHQWRISDUWV)XWDEDLV QRWUHVSRQVLEOHIRUXQDXWKRUL]HG PRGL¿FDWLRQDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHSODFHPHQWRISDUWVRQWKLVSURGX FW$Q\VXFKFKDQJHVPD\YRLG the warranty. Compliance Information Statement (for U.S.A.) 7KLVGHYLFHWUDGHQDPH)XWDED&RUSRUDWLRQPRGHOQXPEHU56 %FRPSOLHVZLWKSDUWRI WKH)&&5XOHV2SHUDWLRQLVVXEMHFWWRWKHIROORZLQJWZRFRQGLW LRQV 7KLVGHYLFHPD\QRWFDXVHKDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFHDQG 7KLV GHYLFHPXVW DFFHSW DQ\LQWHUIHUHQFH UHFHLYHGLQFOXGLQJLQWHUIHUHQFHWKDWP D\ FDXVH undesired operation. (3) This m odule meets the requirements for a mobile device that may be used at separation distances of more than 20cm from human body. To meet the RF exposure requirements of the FCC this device shall not be co-located with another transmitting device. The responsible party of this device compliance is: Futaba Service Center 1$SROOR'ULYH6XLWH&KDPSDLJQ,/86$ 7(/RU(PDLOVXSSRUW#KREELFRFRP6XSSRUW 7(/RU(PDLOIXWDEDVHUYLFH#KREELFRFRP6HUYLFH  7KH5%5&6($/ RQWKH QLFNHOFDGPLXP EDWWHU\FRQWDLQHGLQ)XWDE D SURGXFWV indicates that Futaba Corporation is voluntarily participating in an industry-wide SURJUDPWRFROOHFWDQG UHF\FOHWKHVH EDWWHULHVDWWKHHQG RIWK HLU XVHIXOOLYHVZKHQ WDNHQ RXW RI VHUYLFHZLWKLQWKH8QLWHG6WDWHV7KH5%5& SURJUD P SURYLGHVD convenient alternative to placing used nickel-cadmium batteries into the trash or PXQLFLSDOZDVWHV\VWHPZKLFKLVLOOHJDOLQVRPHDUHDV

. (for USA) You may contact your local recycling center for information on where to return the spent battery. Please FDOO %$ 77(5< IRULQIRUPDWLRQRQ1L&GEDWWHU\ UHF\FOLQJL Q\RXUDUHD)XWDED&RUSRUDWLRQ involvement in this program is part of its commitment to protecting our environment and conserving natural resources. 5%5&LVDWUDGHPDUNRIWKH5HFKDUJHDEOH%DWWHU\5HF\FOLQJ&RUS RUDWLRQIntroduction



# 8 Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement (for U.S.A.) 7KLVHTXLSPHQWKDVEHHQWHVWHGDQGIRXQGWRFRPSO\ZLWKWKHOLP LWVIRUD&ODVV%GLJLWDOGHYLFH SXUVXDQWWR3DUWRIWKH)&&5XOHV7KHVHOLPLWVDUHGHVLJQHG WRSURYLGHUHDVRQDEOHSURWHFWLRQ against harmful interference in a residential installation. 7KLV HTXLSPHQW JHQHUDWHV XVHV DQG FDQ UDGLDWH UDGLR IUHTXHQF\ HQHUJ\ DQGLI QRWLQVWDOOHG DQG XVHGLQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWKWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVPD\ FDXVH KDUPIXO LQWHUIHUHQFHWR UDGLR FRPPXQLFDWLRQV+RZHYHUWKHUHLVQRJXDUDQWHHWKDWLQWHUIHUHQF HZLOOQRWRFFXULQDSDUWLFXODU LQVWDOODWLRQ ,IWKLV HTXLSPHQW GRHV FDXVH KDUPIXOLQWHUIHUHQFH WR UDGLR RUWHOHYLVLRQ UHFHSWLRQ ZKLFKFDQEHGHWHUPLQHGE\WXUQLQJWKHHTXLSPHQWRIIDQGRQWK HXVHULVHQFRXUDJHGWRWU\WR correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: --Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. --Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. --Consult the dealer or your Futaba Serivce center for help. CAUTION: To assure continued FCC compliance: $Q\FKDQJHVRUPRGL¿FDWLRQVQRWH[SUHVVO\DSSURYHGE\WKHJUDQW HHRIWKLVGHYLFHFRXOGYRLGWKH user's authority to operate the equipment. Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation 7R FRPSO\ ZLWK )&&5) H[SRVXUH FRPSOLDQFH UHTXLUHPHQWV D VHSDU DWLRQ GLVWDQFH RI DWOHDVW 20cm must be maintained between the antenna of this device and all persons. This device must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

Meaning of Special Markings Pay special attention to safety where indicated by the following marks: DANGER - Procedures which may lead to dangerous conditions and cause death/serious injury if not carried out properly. WARNING - Procedures which may lead to a dangerous condition or cause death or VHULRXVLQMXU\WRWKHXVHULIQRWFDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\RUSURF HGXUHVZKHUHWKHSUREDELOLW\RI VXSHU¿FLDOLQMXU\RUSK\VLFDOGDPDJHLVKLJK CAUTION   3URFHGXUHV ZKHUHWKH SRVVLELOLW\ RI VHULRXVLQMXU\WRWKH XV HULV VPDOO EXW WKHUHLVDGDQJHURILQMXU\RUSK\VLFDOGDPDJHLIQRWFDUULHG RXWSURSHUO\ 3URKLELWHG 0DQGDWRU\ Warning : Always keep electrical components away from small children.

FLYING SAFETY WARNING 7RHQVXUHWKHVDIHW\RI\RXUVHOIDQGRWKHUVSOHDVHREVHUYHWKH IROORZLQJSUHFDXWLRQV Have regular maintenance performed. Although your 10J protects the model memories ZLWK QRQYRODWLOH ((3520PHPRU\ ZKLFK GRHV QRW UHTXLUH SHULRGL F UHSODFHPHQW DQG QRW D EDWWHU\WKHWUDQVPLWWHU VWLOO VKRXOG KDYH UHJXODU FKHFNX SV IRU ZHDU DQGWHDU:Hrecommend sending your system to the Futaba Service Center annually during your nonÀ\LQJVHDVRQIRUDFRPSOHWHFKHFNXSDQGVHUYLFHIntroduction



# 9 NiMH/NiCd Battery Charge the batteries! 6HH&KDUJLQJWKH1L&GEDWWHULHVIRUGHWDLOV$OZD\VUHFKDUJ HWKH WUDQVPLWWHU DQG UHFHLYHU EDWWHULHV E HIRUH HDFK À\LQJ VHVVLRQ$ ORZ EDWWHU\ ZLOO VRRQ GLH SRWHQWLDOO\FDXVLQJORVVRIFRQWURODQGDFUDVK:KHQ\RXEHJL Q\RXUÀ\LQJVHVVLRQUHVHW \RXU7-¶VEXLOWLQWLPHUDQGGXULQJWKHVHVVLRQSD\DWWHQWLR QWRWKHGXUDWLRQRIXVDJH Stop flying long before your batteries become low on charge. Do not rely on your radio’s low battery warning systems, intended only as a precaution, to tell you when to UHFKDUJH$OZD\VFKHFN\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUDQGUHFHLYHUEDWWHULHV SULRUWRHDFKÀLJKW Where to Fly :H UHFRPPHQGWKDW \RXÀ\DWD UHFRJQL]HGPRGHODLUSODQHÀ\LQJ¿ HOG<RXFDQ¿QGPRGHO FOXEVDQG¿HOGVE\DVNLQJ\RXUQHDUHVWKREE\GHDOHURULQWKH 86E\FRQWDFWLQJWKH$FDGHP\ RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV <RX FDQ DOVR FRQWDFWWKH QDWLRQDO$FDGHP\ RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV $0$ ZKLFK KDVPRUH WKDQ  FKDUWHUHG FOXEV DFURVVWKH FRXQWU\7KURXJK DQ\ RQH RIWKHPLQVWUXFWRUWUDLQLQJ SURJUDPVDQGLQVXUHGQHZFRPHUWUDLQLQJDUHDYDLODEOH&RQWDFWW KH$0$DWWKHDGGUHVVRUWROO free phone number below. Academy of Model Aeronautics (DVW0HPRULDO'ULYH 0XQFLH,1 7HOH )D[ or via the Internet at http:\\www. modelaircraft.org $OZD\VSD\SDUWLFXODU DWWHQWLRQ WR WKHÀ\LQJ¿HOG¶VUXOHV as well as the presence and ORFDWLRQ RI VSHFWDWRUVWKHZLQG GLUHFWLRQDQGDQ\ REVWDFOHV R QWKH¿HOG%H YHU\FDUHIXO À\LQJLQDUHDVQHDUSRZHUOLQHVWDOOEXLOGLQJVRUFRPPXQLFDWL RQIDFLOLWLHVDVWKHUHPD\EH radio interference in their vicinity.Introduction



# 10 NiMH/NiCd Battery Safety and Handling instructions IMPORTANT! Use only the Futaba special charger included with this set or other chargers approved by )XWDEDWRFKDUJHWKH1L0+EDWWHULHVLQWKH7-WUDQVPLWWHULQF OXGHGZLWKWKLVVHW ,WLVLPSRUWDQWWRXQGHUVWDQGWKHRSHUDWLQJFKDUDFWHULVWLFVRI 1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHV$OZD\V UHDG WKH VSHFLILFDWLRQV SULQWHG RQWKHODEHO RI \RXU 1L0+1L&G EDWWH U\ DQG FKDUJHU SULRUWR XVH )DLOXUHWR IROORZWKHSURFHHGLQJSUHFDXWLRQVFDQTXLFNO\ UHVXOW LQVHYHUHSHUPDQHQWGDPDJHWR the batteries and its surroundings and possibly result in a FIRE! IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS 'RQRWDWWHPSWWRGLVDVVHPEOH1L0+1L&GSDFNVRUFHOOV 'RQRWDOORZ1L0+1L&GFHOOVWRFRPHLQFRQWDFWZLWKPRLVWXUHR UZDWHUDWDQ\WLPH $OZD\VSURYLGHDGHTXDWHYHQWLODWLRQDURXQG1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHV GXULQJFKDUJHGLVFKDUJHZKLOHLQ XVHDQGGXULQJVWRUDJH 'RQRWOHDYHD1L0+1L&GEDWWHU\XQDWWHQGHGDWDQ\WLPHZKLOHE HLQJFKDUJHGRUGLVFKDUJHG 'RQRWDWWHPSWWRFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVZLWKDFKDUJHUWKD WLV127GHVLJQHGIRU1L0+1L&G EDWWHULHVDVSHUPDQHQWGDPDJHWRWKHEDWWHU\DQGFKDUJHUFRXOG UHVXOW $OZD\VFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVLQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQ'RQR WFKDUJHRUGLVFKDUJH1L0+1L&G EDWWHULHVRQFDUSHWDFOXWWHUHGZRUNEHQFKQHDUSDSHUSODVWLF YLQ\OOHDWKHURUZRRGRULQVLGHDQ5 &PRGHORUIXOOVL]HGDXWRPRELOH0RQLWRUWKHFKDUJHDUHDZLWK DVPRNHRU¿UHDODUP 'R QRW FKDUJH 1L0+1L&G EDWWHULHV DW FXUUHQWV JUHDWHUWKDQWKH 3& ́ UDWLQJ RIWKH EDWWHU\ 3& ́ equals the rated capacity of the battery). 'RQRWDOORZ1L0+1L&GFHOOVWRRYHUKHDWDWDQ\WLPH&HOOVZKL FKUHDFKJUHDWHUWKDQGHJUHHV )DKUHQKHLW&VKRXOGEHSODFHGLQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQ 1L0+1L&GFHOOVZLOOQRWFKDUJHIXOO\ZKHQWRRFROGRUVKRZIXO OFKDUJH ,WLVQRUPDOIRUWKHEDWWHULHVWREHFRPHZDUPGXULQJFKDUJLQJ EXWLIWKHFKDUJHURUEDWWHU\EHFRPHV excessively hot disconnect the battery from the charger immediately!! Always inspect a battery ZKLFKKDVSUHYLRXVO\RYHUKHDWHGIRUSRWHQWLDOGDPDJHDQGGRQR WUHXVHLI\RXVXVSHFWLWKDVEHHQ damaged in any way. 'RQRWXVHD1L0+1L&GEDWWHU\LI\RXVXVSHFWSK\VLFDOGDPDJHK DVRFFXUUHGWRWKHSDFN&DUHIXOO\ LQVSHFWWKHEDWWHU\ IRUHYHQWKHVPDOOHVWRIGHQWVFUDFNVVSO LWVSXQFWXUHVRUGDPDJHWRWKHZLULQJ DQGFRQQHFWRUV'2127DOORZWKHEDWWHU\¶VLQWHUQDOHOHFWURO\WH WRJHWLQWRH\HVRURQVNLQ2ZDVK DIIHFWHGDUHDVLPPHGLDWHO\LIWKH\FRPHLQFRQWDFWZLWKWKHHOH FWURO\WH,ILQGRXEWSODFHWKHEDWWHU\ LQD¿UHSURRIORFDWLRQIRUDWOHDVWPLQXWHV 'RQRWVWRUHEDWWHULHVQHDUDQRSHQÀDPHRUKHDWHU 'RQRWGLVFKDUJH1L0+1L&GEDWWHULHVDWFXUUHQWVZKLFKH[FHHGWKHGLVFKDUJHFXUUHQWUDWLQJRIWKH battery. $OZD\VVWRUH1L0+1L&GFHOOVSDFNVLQDVHFXUHORFDWLRQDZD\IU RPFKLOGUHQIntroduction



# 11 $WWKHÀ\LQJ¿HOG 7RSUHYHQWSRVVLEOHGDPDJHWR\RXU UDGLRJHDUWXUQWKHSRZHUV ZLWFKHVRQDQGRIILQWKH proper sequence: 3XOOWKURWWOHVWLFNWRLGOHSRVLWLRQRURWKHUZLVHGLVDUP\R XUPRWRUHQJLQH 2. Turn on the transmitter power and allow your transmitter to reach its home screen. &RQ¿UPWKHSURSHUPRGHOPHPRU\KDVEHHQVHOHFWHG 4. Turn on your receiver power. 7HVWDOOFRQWUROV,IDVHUYRRSHUDWHVDEQRUPDOO\GRQ¶WDWW HPSWWRÀ\XQWLO\RXGHWHUPLQHWKH cause of the problem. Test to ensure that the FailSafe settings are correct after adjusting them. Turn the transmitter RIIDQGFRQ¿UPWKHSURSHUVXUIDFHWKURWWOHPRYHPHQWV7XUQWKH WUDQVPLWWHUEDFNRQ 6WDUW\RXUHQJLQH 7. Complete a full range check. $IWHUÀ\LQJEULQJ\RXUWKURWWOHVWLFNWRLGOHSRVLWLRQHQJ DJHDQ\NLOOVZLWFKHVRURWKHUZLVH disarm your motor/engine. 9. Turn off receiver power. 10. Turn off transmitter power. ,I \RX GR QRWWXUQ RQ \RXU V\VWHPLQWKLV RUGHU \RXPD\ GDPDJH  \RXU VHUYRV RU FRQWURO VXUIDFHVÀRRG\RXUHQJLQHRULQWKHFDVHRIHOHFWULFSRZHUHG RUJDVROLQHSRZHUHGPRGHOVWKH engine may unexpectedly turn on and cause a severe injury. :KLOH\RXDUHJHWWLQJUHDG\WRÀ\LI\RXSODFH\RXUWUDQVPLWWH URQWKHJURXQGEHVXUH that the wind won't tip it over. If it is knocked over, the throttle stick may be accidentally PRYHGFDXVLQJWKHHQJLQHWRVSHHGXS$OVRGDPDJHWR\RXUWUD QVPLWWHUPD\RFFXU In order to maintain complete control of your aircraft it is important that it remains visible at all times )O\LQJEHKLQGODUJHREMHFWVVXFKDVEXLOGLQJVJUDLQELQVH WFLVQRWVXJJHVWHG Doing so may result in the reduction of the quality of the radio frequency link to the model. 'RQRWJUDVSWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
VDQWHQQDGXULQJÀLJKW Doing so may degrade the quality of the radio frequency transmission. $VZLWKDOOUDGLRIUHTXHQF\WUDQVPLVVLRQVWKHVWURQJHVWDUHDR IVLJQDOWUDQVPLVVLRQLVIURP WKHVLGHVRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
VDQWHQQD$VVXFKWKHDQWHQQDV KRXOGQRWEHSRLQWHGGLUHFWO\DW WKHPRGHO,I\RXUÀ\LQJVW\OHFUHDWHVWKLVVLWXDWLRQHDVLO\ PRYHWKHDQWHQQDWRFRUUHFWWKLV situation. 'RQ¶WÀ\LQWKHUDLQ :DWHURUPRLVWXUHPD\HQWHUWKHWUDQVPLWWHUWKURXJKWKHDQWHQQ DRU VWLFNRSHQLQJVDQGFDXVHHUUDWLFRSHUDWLRQRUORVVRIFRQWURO ,I\RXPXVWÀ\LQZHWZHDWKHU GXULQJDFRQWHVWEHVXUHWRFRYHU\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUZLWKDSODV WLFEDJRUZDWHUSURRIEDUULHU 1HYHUÀ\LIOLJKWQLQJLVH[SHFWHGBefore use



# 12 BEFORE USE FEATURES Ɣ7)+66$LU*PXOWLIXQFWLRQFKDQQHOWUDQVPLWWHU The Futaba 2.4GHz T-FHSS Air system is employed. 

### Ɣ7HOHPHWU\V\VWHP A T-FHSS Air bidirectional communication system is used. The voltage of the battery mounted in the IXVHODJHFDQEHGLVSOD\HGDWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUGXULQJÀLJKW$OWL WXGHVSHHGWHPSHUDWXUHDQGRWKHUIXVHODJH data can be displayed at the transmitter by installing various optional telemetry sensors in the fuselage. 

### Ɣ6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ Telemetry data can be listened to by plugging commercial earphones into the transmitter. 

### Ɣ%XLOWLQGLYHUVLW\DQWHQQD Diversity antenna built into the transmitter provides a simple appearance and improves handling ease. 

### Ɣ6%866%86VHUYRVHWWLQJIXQFWLRQ S.BUS/S.BUS2 servo channel and various functions can be set by connecting the servo to the transmitter. 

### Ɣ3RZHUVDYLQJW\SHWUDQVPLWWHU )RXU$$
VDONDOLQHEDWWHULHVFDQEHXVHG7KHRSWLRQDO+7) % 1L0+ 9 P$ RU )7)%OLWKLXPIHUULWH9P$EDWWHU\FDQDOVREHXV HG 

### Ɣ9LEUDWLRQ $IXQFWLRQWKDWQRWL¿HVWKHRSHUDWRURIYDULRXVDODUPVE\YLEUD WLQJWKHWUDQVPLWWHUFDQEHVHOHFWHG 

### Ɣ8QLTXHPRGHOPHPRU\V\VWHP The transmitter body contains a 30 model memory. 

### Ɣ0L[LQJW\SHVHOHFWLRQ )L[HGZLQJKHOLFRSWHUDQGJOLGHUPL[LQJW\SHFDQEHVHOHFWHG WRPDWFKWKH IXVHODJH ,QDGGLWLRQ swash plate types can also be selected for helicopters. Multi-copter selection is also possible. 

### Ɣ'LJLWDOWULP 5DSLGWULPPLQJGXULQJÀLJKWLVSRVVLEOH7KHVRXQGFKDQJHVDWW KHFHQWHURIWULP7KHVWHSVL]HFDQEH arbitrarily changed. The trim position is displayed on the LCD. 

### Ɣ/HYHUKHDGOHQJWKDGMXVWPHQWDQGQHZOHYHUKHDGVKDSH The lever head length can be adjusted. A new lever head shape that reduces slip during operation has been adopted. 

### Ɣ6ZLWFK95SRVLWLRQFKDQJHDQG$8;FKDQQHOIXQFWLRQFKDQJH Mixing and other switches and knobs can be selected. Since the function of the AUX channels (5ch ~ FKFDQDOVREHFKDQJHGRULJLQDOPL[LQJLQDGGLWLRQWRH[LV WLQJPL[LQJFDQEHFUHDWHGE\XVLQJWKH programmable mixing function. 

### Ɣ0RGHOGDWDWUDQVIHUIXQFWLRQ Model data can be wirelessly transferred between 10J or 8J transmitters.


### 56%UHFHLYHU Ɣ7)+66$LUV\VWHP6%86FRPSDWLEOH S.BUS output and conventional channel output are provided. S.BUS and conventional system sharing is possible.Before use



# 13 CONTENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 6SHFL¿FDWLRQVDQGUDWLQJVDUHVXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH  <RXU-LQFOXGHVWKHIROORZLQJFRPSRQHQWV



# SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY • T10J transmitter for airplanes or helicopters • R3008SB Receiver • Switch harness • Neck strap *The set contents depend on the type of set.



### 7UDQVPLWWHU7- VWLFNFKDQQHO7)+66$LU*V\VWHP Transmitting frequency: 2.4GHz band 6\VWHP7)+66$LU6)+66VZLWFKDEOH Power supply: 6.0V Dry battery



### 5HFHLYHU56% 7)+66$LU*V\VWHPGXDODQWHQQDGLYHUVLW\6%86V\VWHP 3RZHUUHTXLUHPHQW9a9EDWWHU\RUUHJXODWHGRXWSXWIURP( 6&HWF
 6L]H[[LQ[[PP :HLJKWR]J %DWWHU\)69ROWDJH,WVHWVXSZLWKDWUDQVPLWWHU :KHQXVLQJ(6&
VPDNHVXUHWKDWWKHUHJXODWHGRXWSXWFDSDF LW\PHHWV\RXUXVDJHDSSOLFDWLRQ 

### Ɣ(;7EDWWHU\WHUPLQDO 7KHYROWDJHFDQEHGLVSOD\HGDWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUE\EUDQFKFRQQH FWLQJWKHGULYHEDWWHU\HWFLQVWDOOHGLQ WKHIXVHODJHZLWKWKH&$59,1FDEOHVROGVHSDUDWHO\ 

### Ɣ%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ

The 10J is a 2.4GHz T-FHSS Air system . The transmitter can also be switched to S-FHSS +RZHYHUWKHWHOHPHWU\ V\VWHPFDQQRWEHXVHGZLWK6)+667KHXVDEOHUHFHLYHUVDUHVK RZQEHORZ

NOTE: 

### *The Futaba T-FHSS Air system cannot be used with Futaba S-FHSS/FASST/FASSTest systems. Use

it with a T-FHSS Air system transmitter and receiver. The T10J is a T-FHSS Air system EXWFDQDOVR be used with an S-FHSS receiver by switching to S-FHSS +RZHYHULQWKLVFDVHWKHWHOHPHWU\V\VWHP cannot be used. *The T-FHSS Air system and T-FHSS surface system are different. The T10J cannot be used with the

R304SB, R304SB-E or T-FHSS surface system receivers. 

## Communications System Usable Receivers T-FHSS Air

(Default) R3008SB *R304SB, R304SB-E, T-FHSS surface system

receivers do not operate. 

## S-FHSS (Change is possible) R2008SB R2006GS R2106GFBefore use



# 14 +7)%7UDQVPLWWHUEDWWHU\SDFN WKH P$KWUDQVPLWWH U1L0+EDWWHU\SDFNPD\EHHDVLO\ H[FKDQJHGZLWKDIUHVKRQHWRSURYLGHHQRXJKFDSDFLW\IRUH[WHQ GHGÀ\LQJVHVVLRQV )7)%7UDQVPLWWHU/L)HEDWWHU\SDFNFDQDOVREHXVHG+RZ HYHUFKDUJHZLWKWKHFKDUJHURQO\IRU

LiFe. 7UDLQHUFRUGWKHRSWLRQDOWUDLQLQJFRUGPD\EHXVHGWRKHOS DEHJLQQLQJSLORWOHDUQWRÀ\HDVLO\E\SODFLQJ

the instructor on a separate transmitter. Note that the T10J transmitter may be connected to another T10J V\VWHPDVZHOODVWRDQ\RWKHUPRGHOVRI)XWDEDWUDQVPLWWHUV 7KH7-WUDQVPLWWHUXVHVRQHRIWKHWKUHH FRUGSOXJW\SHVDFFRUGLQJWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHUFRQQHFWHG5HIHU WRWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKH75$,1(5IXQFWLRQ LQVWUXFWLRQV7KHSDUWQXPEHURIWKLVFRUGLV)870 • Servos - there are various kinds of servos. Please choose the Futaba servos best suited for the model and

SXUSRVH\RXDUHXVLQJWKHPIRU,I\RXXWLOL]HD6%86V\VWHP \RXVKRXOGFKRRVHD6%86VHUYR 7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU SOHDVHSXUFKDVHDQRSWLRQDOVHQVRULQRUG HUWRXWLOL]HELGLUHFWLRQDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQ

system and to acquire the information from a model high up in the sky. [ Temperature sensor : SBS-01T] [Altitude sensor : SBS-01A] [RPM sensor magnet type : SBS-01RM]

[RPM sensor optical type : SBS-01RO] [GPS sensor : SBS-01G] [Voltage sensor : SBS-01V] • Neckstrap - a neckstrap can be connected to your T10J system to make it easier to handle and improve

\RXUÀ\LQJSUHFLVLRQVLQFH\RXUKDQGVZRQ¶WQHHGWRVXSSRUWWKH WUDQVPLWWHU¶VZHLJKW <KDUQHVVHVVHUYRH[WHQVLRQVKXEHWF*HQXLQH)XWDEDH[WHQ VLRQVDQG<KDUQHVVHVLQFOXGLQJDKHDY\

GXW\YHUVLRQZLWKKHDYLHUZLUHDUHDYDLODEOHWRDLGLQ\RXUOD UJHUPRGHODQGRWKHULQVWDOODWLRQV • Gyros - a variety of genuine Futaba gyros is available for your aircraft or helicopter needs. • Governor - for helicopter use. Automatically adjusts throttle servo position to maintain a constant head

VSHHGUHJDUGOHVVRIEODGHSLWFKORDGZHDWKHUHWF • Receivers - various models of Futaba receivers may be purchased for use in other models. (Receivers for

7)+66$LU6)+66W\SHVDUHDYDLODEOH 7KH IROORZLQJDGGLWLRQDODFFHVVRULHVDUHDYDLODEOH IURP\RXUGH DOHU5HIHU WRD)XWDEDFDWDORJ IRU PRUHLQIRUPDWLRQBefore use



# 15 SW(B) VR

SW(A)

SW(F)

SW(E) SW(G) SW(H) SW(D) SW(C) This controls CH6, and if flaperon mixing is activated controls the flap. Flap Trim Control

Rudder Dual Rate Switch

Elevator Dual Rate
Snap Roll or Trainer Switch Landing Gear Switch /CH5

Rudder /Throttle

Stick Power LED Throttle Trim Lever

Rudder Trim Lever END Key - Key + Key Aileron Trim Lever Elevator Trim Lever Elevator /Aileron

Stick Aileron Dual Rate Switch Elevator - Flap Mixing or Airbrake Mixing Switch

Digital Trim 6 /CH8 Control Digital Trim 5 /CH7 Control Carrying Handle Built-in Antenna

Switch

Jog Key

LCD Panel Power Switch (Up position: ON) Hook (for optional neckstrap) 

### 7KLV¿JXUHVKRZVWKHGHIDXOWVZLWFKDVVLJQPHQWVIRUD-$0RGH IRU86$V\VWHPDV supplied by the factory. You can change many of the switch positions or functions by selecting a new position within the setting menu for the function you wish to move. 

# TRANSMITTER CONTROLS - AIRPLANEBefore use



# 16 VR CH8 Knob

SW(B)
SW(A)
SW(F)

SW(E) SW(G) SW(H) SW(D) SW(C) Rudder Dual Rate Switch

Elevator Dual Rate

Power LED

Rudder Trim Lever END Key - Key + Key Aileron Trim Lever Elevator Trim Lever Elevator /Aileron

Stick Aileron Dual Rate Switch

Digital Trim 6 Digital Trim 5 Carrying Handle Built-in Antenna

Switch

Jog Key Idle-up 3 Switch /Gyro/CH5
Idle-up 1&2 Switch

Throttle/Collective Pitch & Rudder Stick

Pitch Trim Lever Throttle/Collective Governor Switch/CH7

Trainer Switch

Throttle - Hold Switch

LCD Panel Power Switch (Up position: ON) Hook (for optional neckstrap) 

### 7KLV¿JXUHVKRZVWKHGHIDXOWVZLWFKDVVLJQPHQWVIRUD-+0RGH V\VWHPDVVXSSOLHG by the factory. You can change many of the switch positions or functions by selecting a new position within the setting menu for the function you wish to move. 

# TRANSMITTER CONTROLS - HELIBefore use



# 17 NOTE: If you need to remove or replace the transmitter battery, do not pull strongly on the battery wires to remove it. Insert the connector straight as shown.

NOTE: This plug is for charging HT5F1800B. The other battery cannot be charged. FT2F2100B is removed from a transmitter, and charges with an exclusive charger(LBC-4E5). 

# INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF THE TRANSMITTER BATTERY The T10J transmitter is designed to work with HLWKHU IRXU $$ DONDOLQH GU\ FHOO EDWWHULHV RU+7)%)7)% EDWWHU\ SDFN ERWK available separately. The transmitter batteries used are a matter of personal preference. AA Alkaline batteries are available at any local KREE\VKRSJURFHU\VWRUHHWF$EDWWHU\SDFN will need to be purchased from a hobby shop.

Remove the battery BOX if you choose to use the optional HT5F1800B/FT2F2100B EDWWHU\SDFNZKLFKFDQEH UHFKDUJHG IURPWKH transmitter. And "BATT TYPE" in a PARAMETER is changed into "HT5F1800B : 5.0V FT2F2100B : 5.8V " .



## :$51,1* %HFDUHIXOQRWWRGURSWKHEDWWHU\

1HYHUGLVFRQQHFW WKHEDWWHU\FRQQHFWRU I U RP  W K H  7   -  W U D Q VPL W W H U D I W H U WXUQLQJRII WKHSRZHUXQWLO WKHVFUHHQLV FRPSOHWHO\EODQNDQGWKHWUDQVPLWWHUKDV VKXWGRZQFRPSOHWHO\ ,QWHUQDOGHYLFHVVXFKDVPHPRULHVPD\EHGDPDJHG ,IWKHUHLVDQ\SUREOHPWKHPHVVDJH%DFNXS(UURU

will be shown the next time when you turn on the power of the transmitter. Do not use the transmitter as it is. Send it to the Futaba Service Center. 

### 'RQRWFRQQHFWDQ\RWKHUFKDUJHUVH[FHSW WKH VSHFLDO FKDUJHU WR WKLV FKDUJLQJ FRQQHFWRU 7KH YROWDJH GURS FKDUDFWHULVWLFV RI D UHFKDUJHDEOHEDWWHU\DQGGU\FHOOEDWWHU\ DUHGLIIHUHQW&KDQJH WKHEDWWHU\DODUP YROWDJH WR9 IRU WKH+7) B DQG WR9IRUWKH)7)% Battery cover push and slide downBefore use



# 18 SWITCH ASSIGNMENT TABLE • The factory default functions activated by the switches and VR for an 10JA Mode 2 for USA

transmitter are shown below. • Most 10J functions may be reassigned to non-default positions quickly and easily. • Basic control assignments of channels 5-10 are quickly adjustable in AUX-CH. • Note that most functions need to be activated in the programming to operate.  -+-$ DQG -$0RGH  IRU 86$WUDQV PLWWHU IXQFWLRQV DUH VLPLODU EXW UHYHUVH FHUWDLQ

switch commands. Always check that you have the desired switch assignment for each function during set up.

2QWKH-$0RGHIRU86$WUDQVPLWWHUVWKH723/()7 SWITCHES are spring-loaded and 2-position; on the 10JA 0RGH  -+WKRVH VZLWFKHV DUH RQWKH ULJKW VLGH )RU FRQVLVW HQF\WKH VZLWFK SRVLWLRQ¶V GHVLJQDWLRQ UHPDLQVWKH VDPHXSSHUOHIWLV)HWFEXWWKHIXQFWLRQVDUHPRYHGWRPDW FKWKHVZLWFKW\SH 

# TO TURN ON THE 10J SYSTEM First make sure the throttle stick is in the low throttle position. Push up to turn on.

,IWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLVQRWLQWKHORZSRVLWLRQ you'll have an alarm until the stick is in the low position. Switch / VR ACRO HELI MULTICOPTER Glider A-1 Glider A-2 Glider AF1 Glide r AF2 Glider AF4

Switch A Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevato r D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R Switch B Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudde r D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Switch C (UP) ELE → FLP (Center/Down) Idle down (Down) Air brake Governor / 7CH 6CH

Switch D Aileron D/R / CH10 Aileron D/R / CH10 Aileron D/R / CH10 Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Switch E Idle up1,2 5CH Switch F Idle up3 / Gyro / 5CH Switch G Gear / 5CH Throttle hold 6CH 6CH 6CH Switch H Snap roll / Trainer Throttle cut / Trainer Trainer Trainer Tr ainer Trainer Trainer Trainer

VR Flap / 6CH Hovering pitch / CH8 7CH 10CH 10CH 10CH 10CH 10CH DT5 7CH 5CH 5CH Flap(5CH) Flap(5/6CH) Flap(5/6CH) DT6 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH Flap(8/9CH)

Switch / VR ACRO HELI MULTICOPTER Glider A-1 Glider A-2 Glider AF1 Glide r AF2 Glider AF4

Switch A Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevato r D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R / CH9 Elevator D/R Switch B Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Rudde r D/R Rudder D/R Rudder D/R Switch C (UP) ELE → FLP (Center/Down) Idle down (Down) Air brake Governor / 7CH 6CH

Switch D Aileron D/R / CH10 Aileron D/R / CH10 Aileron D/R / CH10 Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Aileron D/R Switch E Gear / 5CH Throttle hold 5CH Switch F Snap roll / Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer Trainer Tr ainer Trainer Switch G Idle up1,2 6CH 6CH 6CH Switch H Throttle cut / Idle up3 / Gyro / 5CH VR Flap / 6CH Hovering pitch / CH8 7CH 10CH 10CH 10CH 10CH 10CH DT5 7CH 5CH 5CH Flap(5CH) Flap(5/6CH) Flap(5/6CH) DT6 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH 8CH Flap(8/9CH) ŔœŭŤŃŰƒƇƈŃŕŃƗƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕƖŃƉƒƕŃŸŶŤŏŃƗƋƈŃŷŲųŃůŨũŷŃŶźŬŷŦūŨŶŃƄƕƈŃƖƓƕ ƌƑƊŐƏƒƄƇƈƇŃƄƑƇŃŕŐƓƒƖƌƗƌƒƑ ŔœŭŤŃŏŃŔœŭūŏŃƗƋƈŃŷŲųŃŵŬŪūŷŃŶźŬŷŦūŨŶŃƄƕƈŃƖƓƕƌƑƊŐƏƒƄƇƈƇŃƄƑƇŃŕŐƓƒƖ ƌƗƌƒƑBefore use



# 19 RECEIVER AND SERVO CONNECTIONS

5HFHLYHU 2XWSXWDQG

&KDQQHO $LUFUDIW ACRO )
1 Ailerons/Aileron-1 1 

### /combined Flap-2 & Aileron-1 2 

### /combined Aileron-1 & Elevator-2 5 

### 2 Elevator/combined Aileron-2 & Elevator-1 5 

### 3 Throttle 4 Rudder 5 Landing gear/Aileron-2  

### /combined Flap-1 and Aileron-2  

### 6 )ODSVFRPELQHG)ODSDQG$LOHURQ 2 

### 7 Aileron-2 1 

### 8 Elevator-2 4 

### /Mixture control 9 AUX 10 AUX
1 Aileron Differential mode ( AILE-DIFF  2 Flaperon mode. 3 8VLQJ6HFRQG$LOHURQRSWLRQVHFRQG$LOHURQVHUYRRXWSXWLVVHQ W

to channels 5 and 6. ( AILE-2 4 AILEVATOR GXDOHOHYDWRUPRGH 5 ELEVON mode.



### 5HFHLYHU 2XWSXWDQG

&KDQQHO 0XOWLFRSWHU MULTI COPT )

1 $LOHURQ0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU 2 (OHYDWRU0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU 3 7KURWWOH0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU 4 5XGGHU0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU 5 0RGH0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU 6 AUX :KHQ XVLQJ D *<52 6(16 IXQFWLRQ &+LV XVHG IRU0RGH 0XOWLFRSWHU&RQWUROOHU 

### 7 AUX 8 AUX 9 AUX 10 AUX *Use the controller of multicopter corresponding to Futaba. :LQJ7\SH

7DLO7\SH

AIL2 (CH7) FLP (CH6) )/$3

AIL1 (CH1) )/$3(521

AIL2 FLP1 (CH6) AIL1 FLP2 (CH1)

AIL (CH1) 1250$/

ELE (CH2) $,/9$725

ELE1 AIL3 (CH2) ELE2 AIL4 (CH8) 97$,/

ELE1 RUD2 (CH2) ELE2 RUD1 (CH4) 

# $LUFUDIW

0XOWLFRSWHU *When using 8 or more channels, use an S.BUS function or use a second R3008SB and link both to your transmitter.

AIL2 ELE1 (CH2) AIL1 ELE2 (CH1) (/(921Before use



# 20 RECEIVER AND SERVO CONNECTIONS

5HFHLYHU 2XWSXWDQG

&KDQQHO +HOLFRSWHU HELI )

1 $LOHURQF\FOLFUROO 2 (OHYDWRUF\FOLFSLWFK 3 Throttle 4 Rudder 5 Gyro 6 3LWFKFROOHFWLYHSLWFK 7 AUX/Governor 8 AUX/ELE2/Mixture control 9 AUX 10 AUX

6ZDVK7\SH

(Normal linkage type) H-1 : each servo linked to the swashplate independently.

$,/ (/( 3,7 ؟$LOHURQ6HUYR ؟)OHYDWRU6HUYR ؟3LWFK6HUYR *When using 8 or more channels, use an S.BUS

function or use a second R3008SB and link both to your transmitter.Before use



# 21 RECEIVER AND SERVO CONNECTIONS

CH $,/$ 1 Aileron $,/$ 2 Aileron $)$) 2 Aileron

1 Flap $)$) 2 Aileron

2 Flap $)$) 2 Aileron

4 Flap 1 Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron 2 Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator 3 Motor Motor Motor Motor Motor 4 Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder 5 AUX AUX Flap Flap Flap 6 AUX AUX AUX Flap2 Flap2 7 AUX Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 8 AUX AUX AUX AUX Flap3 9 AUX AUX AUX AUX Flap4 10 AUX - ( &DPEHU - ( &DPEHU - ( &DPEHU - ( &DPEHU ( Wing type )
ك($/3($,/ ك$$,/

ك($/3($,/ ك($/3($,/ ك$$,/



### ( Tail type ) كWDLOۋق كRUPDO1ق Aileron1servo (CH1) Aileron1 (CH1) Aileron2 (CH7) Aileron1 (CH1) Aileron2 (CH7)

Aileron1 (CH1) Flap1 (CH5) Aileron2 (CH7) Flap2 (CH6) Aileron1 (CH1) Flap1 (CH5) Flap3 (CH8) Aileron2 (CH7) Flap4 (CH9) Flap2 (CH6) Flap (CH5)

Elevator2 Rudder1 (CH4) Elevator1 Rudder2 (CH2) Elevator (CH2) 

# *OLGHU *When using 8 or more channels, use an S.BUS function or use a second R3008SB and link both to your transmitter.Before use



# 22 According to the description of the battery to be used DQGLWV H[FOXVLYH FKDUJHU SOHDVH XVHLW DIWHU FDUU\LQJ out full charge. :H UHFRPPHQG FKDUJLQJ WKH EDWWHULHV ZLWK WKH FKDUJHU VXSSOLHG ZLWK \RXU V\VWHP Note that the use of a fast charger may damage the batteries by overheating and dramatically reduce their lifetime. :KHQ +7)%LV F K R VH Q +%& $  L V recommended. :KHQ FKDUJLQJ )7)% SOHDVH PDNH VXUHWR remove the battery from the system to charge it.Charger for this battery is recommended to use LBC4E5. 

# CHARGING THE BATTERIES (When the rechargeable battery option is used) &KDUJLQJ<RXU6\VWHP¶V%DWWHULHV 1. Connect the transmitter charging jack and batteries to the transmitter and receiver connectors of the charger. 2. Plug the charger into a wall socket. 3. Check that the charger LED lights.

Charger

TX: Transmitter charging indicato r RX: Receiver charging indicator To transmitter charging jack

Receiver battery



### %DWWHU\&DUHDQG3UHFDXWLRQV Below you will find some general rules and guidelines which should be adhered to when charging transmitter and/or receiver battery packs. These are included to serve only as general JXLGHOLQHVDQGDUHQRWLQWHQGHGWRUHSODFHRUVXSHUVHGHWKHLQ IRUPDWLRQSURYLGHGE\WKHEDWWHU\ DQGRUFKDUJHUPDQXIDFWXUHU)RUFRPSOHWHLQIRUPDWLRQSOHDVH UHIHUWRWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVWKDWDUH LQFOXGHGZLWKWKHEDWWHU\SDFNVDQGRUFKDUJHUVWKDWDFFRPSDQ \WKHSURGXFWVSXUFKDVHG • Do not allow children to charge battery packs without adult supervision. • Do not charge battery packs that have been damaged in any way. We strongly suggest frequent

inspection of the battery packs to ensure that no damage has occurred.

• 'R QRWWR DOORZ EDWWHULHVWR RYHUKHDW ,I RYHUKHDWHG GLVFRQQHF WWKH EDWWHU\ IURPWKH FKDUJHU

immediately and allow to cool.

• 'RQRWPL[FHOOVDOOFHOOVVKRXOGEHRIWKHVDPHPDWHULDOFRQ ¿JXUDWLRQHWF • Do not deep cycle NiMH batteries as permanent damage could result.

• 1HYHUFKDUJHEDWWHULHVRQDVXUIDFHWKDWPD\EHFRPHKRWRUPD\EHLPSDFWHGE\WKHKHDW

• ,PPHGLDWHO\HQGWKHFKDUJLQJSURFHGXUHLIHLWKHUWKHEDWWHULHV RUFKDUJHULWVHOIEHFRPHRYHUO\KRW

• 1L0+FHOOVGRQRWH[KLELWWKH3PHPRU\HIIHFW ́OLNH1L&GFHOOV VROLWWOHF\FOLQJLVQHHGHG6WRUH

1L0+SDFNVZLWKVRPHYROWDJHUHPDLQLQJRQWKHFHOOVUHIHUWRE DWWHU\VXSSOLHU • NiMH cells have a self-discharge rate of approximately 20-25% (compared to 15% for NiCd

EDWWHULHV,WLVLPSRUWDQWWRUHFKDUJH1L0+EDWWHULHVLPPHGLDW HO\SULRUWRXVH • Never connect the battery in reverse. Reverse connection will cause the battery to overheat or

will damage the inside of the charger. • Do not add an additional charge after charging.

• 1HYHUFKDUJHZLWKDFXUUHQWH[FHHGLQJWKHQRPLQDOFDSDFLW\O& RIWKHUHFKDUJHDEOHEDWWHU\

• ,IDEDWWHU\LVFKDUJHGZLWKDFXUUHQWH[FHHGLQJ&WKHEDWWHU \ZLOORYHUKHDWDQGGHWHULRUDWH • Do not connect two battery packs or more to one output terminal. • Avoid extremely cold and hot places and the direct sunlight when you charge batteries.

• ,WLVUHFRPPHQGHGWRSHUIRUPFKDUJLQJZLWKLQWKHa& )UDQJH2WKHUZLVHLWPD\

cause abnormal charging and overheat.Before use



# 23 ADJUSTING THE LENGTH OF THE CONTROL STICKS

STICK LEVER TENSION ADJUSTMENT <RXPD\DGMXVWWKHWHQVLRQRI\RXUVWLFNVWRSURYLGHWKHIHHO WKDW\RXSUHIHUIRUÀ\LQJ7RDGMXVW \RXU VSULQJV \RX¶OO KDYHWR UHPRYHWKH UHDU FDVH RIWKHWUDQVP LWWHU )LUVW UHPRYHWKH EDWWHU\ FRYHURQWKHUHDURIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU1H[WXQSOXJWKHEDWWHU\ ZLUHDQGUHPRYHWKHEDWWHU\IURP WKHWUDQVPLWWHU1H[WXVLQJDVFUHZGULYHUUHPRYHWKHIRXUVFU HZVWKDWKROGWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VUHDU FRYHULQSRVLWLRQDQGSXWWKHPLQDVDIHSODFH*HQWO\HDVHRI IWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VUHDUFRYHU1RZ \RX¶OOVHHWKHYLHZVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDERYH 8VLQJDVPDOO3KLOOLSVVFUHZGULYHUURWDWHWKHDGMXVWLQJVFUHZ IRUHDFKVWLFNIRUWKHGHVLUHGVSULQJ tension. The tension increases when the adjusting screw is turned clockwise. When you are VDWLV¿HGZLWKWKHVSULQJWHQVLRQVUHDWWDFKWKHWUDQVPLWWHU
VU HDUFRYHU:KHQWKHFRYHULVSURSHUO\ LQSODFHUHLQVWDOODQGWLJKWHQWKHIRXUVFUHZV5HLQVWDOOWKH EDWWHU\DQGFRYHU You may change the length of the control sticks to make your transmitter more comfortable to hold and operate. To OHQJWKHQ RU VKRUWHQ \RXUWUDQVPLWWHU¶V VWLFNV ILUVW XQORFN the stick tip by holding locking piece B and turning stick WLS$ FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH 1H[WPRYHWKHORFNLQJ SLHFH% XSRUGRZQWROHQJWKHQRUVKRUWHQ:KHQWKHOHQJWKIHHOV FRPIRUWDEOHORFNWKH SRVLWLRQ E\WXUQLQJORFNLQJ SLHFH% counterclockwise. Stick tip A Locking piece B

Mode 2 transmitter with rear case removed. Aileron Elevator Rudder

Stick Stick 

### Four screws are removed and rear case is removed.

+ screw is clockwise.

Stick tension maximum Stick tension minimum + screw is counter-clockwise.
Do not loosen the screw past the top of the frame, as this will cause the screw to rub on the back case. ※ A screw touches a case.Before use



# 24 ADJUSTING DISPLAY CONTRAST 7RDGMXVWWKHGLVSOD\FRQWUDVWIURPWKHKRPHPHQXSUHVVDQGK ROGWKH END BUTTON

. Push the +- KEY while still holding the END BUTTON : + KEY to brighten

- KEY to darken the display



# CONNECTOR / PLUG END Key + Key

1 . Press and hold 2 . Push the +key Bright



### END Key - Key

Dark 1 . Press and hold 2 . Push the -key

7UDLQHUIXQFWLRQFRQQHFWRU :KHQ\RXXVHWKHWUDLQHUIXQFWLRQFRQQHFWWKH optional trainer cable between the transmitters for teacher and student. *You can set the trainer function on the Trainer Function

screen. 

### 6%86FRQQHFWRU6,) When setting an S.BUS servo and telemetry VHQVRUFRQQHFWWKHPERWKKHUH 6XSSO\SRZHUE\ZD\KXERUZD\FRUG (DUSKRQHSOXJ The telemetry data can be listened to by plugging in commercial 3.5mm earphones. (See WKHWHOHPHWU\LWHPIRUWKHGHWDLOHGVHWWLQJ Trainer function connector

S.BUS FRQQHFWRU6,) Earphone plugBefore use



# 25 TRANSMITTER DISPLAYS & BUTTONS :KHQ\RX¿UVWWXUQRQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUDFRQ¿UPDWLRQGRXEOHE HHSVRXQGVDQGWKHVFUHHQVKRZQ EHORZ DSSHDUV%HIRUH À\LQJ RU HYHQ VWDUWLQJWKH HQJLQH EH VX UHWKDWWKHPRGHOW\SH DQG QDPH DSSHDULQJRQWKHGLVSOD\PDWFKHVWKHPRGHOWKDW\RXDUHDERXWW RÀ\,I\RXDUHLQWKHZURQJPRGHO PHPRU\VHUYRVPD\EHUHYHUVHGDQGWUDYHOVDQGWULPVZLOOEHZ URQJSRWHQWLDOO\OHDGLQJWRDFUDVK (GLWEXWWRQVDQG6WDUWXS6FUHHQDSSHDUVZKHQV\VWHPLV¿UVWW XUQHGRQ

JOG KEY: Control JOG KEY to scroll up/scroll down/scroll left/scroll right and select the option to edit within a IXQFWLRQ:KHQWKHPHQXKDVPXOWLSOHSDJHVPRYHWKH JOG KEY KRUL]RQWDOO\OHIWRUULJKW Press JOG KEY to select the actual function you wish to edit from the menu. Press JOG KEY  DQG KROG RQH VHFRQGWR FRQILUPPDMRU GHFLVLRQV VXFK DVWKH GH FLVLRQWR VHOHFW D GLIIHUHQWPRGHO IURPPHPRU\ FRS\ RQHPRGHOPHPRU\ RYHU DQRWK HUWULP UHVHW VWRUH FKDQQHO SRVLWLRQLQ)DLO6DIHFKDQJHPRGHOW\SHUHVHWHQWLUHPRGHOFR QGLWLRQRIDKHOLFRSWHUVHWXSLVFKDQJHG An on screen inquiry will ask if you are sure. Press JOG KEY again to accept the change. 

### + KEY: Press and hold + KEY IRURQHVHFRQGWRRSHQSURJUDPPLQJPHQXV,WLVXVHGIRUFKDQJ LQJDVHWXS or a numerical increase. Changing the menus pages can also be performed.



### - KEY: ,WLVXVHGIRUFKDQJHRIDVHWXSRUUHGXFWLRQRIDQXPEHU&K DQJHRIWKHSDJHRIDPHQXFDQDOVREH performed. 

### END BUTTON: 3UHVV(1'%87721WRUHWXUQWRSUHYLRXVVFUHHQFORVHIXQFWLRQV EDFNWRPHQXVDQGFORVHPHQXVWR start-up screen. Rudder trim display Aileron trim display Timers

Throttle trim display Model number

and name

Jog key END Key Total timer display <TIMER> Shows the cumulated ON time. (hours:minutes) Up/down timer display <ST1.ST2> (minutes:seconds) Model timer display <MDL> Shows the cumulated ON time for each model.(hours:minutes) System timer display <SYS> Shows the cumulated ON time.(hours:minutes) Resetting timers: Select the desired timer with JOG KEY. The timer display flashes. To reset the timer, press JOG KEY. System "T-FHSS" "S-FHSS" Model type

Output display

- key
+ key 

### Press and hold + KEY for one second to open programming menus .

Elevator trim display Battery voltage Telemetry Receiving accuracyBefore use



# 26 WARNING & ERROR DISPLAYS An alarm or error indication may appear on the display of your transmitter for a number of UHDVRQVLQFOXGLQJZKHQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU VZLWFKLVWXUQHG RQZKHQWKH EDWWHU\ YROWDJHLV ORZDQGVHYHUDORWKHUV(DFKGLVSOD\KDVDXQLTXHVRXQGDVVRFL DWHGZLWKLWDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ LOW BATTERY ERROR: Warning sound: Continuous beep until transmitter is powered off. The LOW BATTERY warning is displayed when the transmitter battery voltage drops below 4.1V.
/DQG\RXUPRGHODV VRRQDVSRVVLEOHEHIRUHORVVRIFRQWURO GXHWRDGHDGEDWWHU\

MIXING ALERT WARNING: Warning sound: Several beeps repeated until problem resolved or overridden. The MIXING ALERT warning is displayed to alert you whenever you turn on the transmitter with any of the mixing switches active. This warning will disappear when the offending switch or control is deactivated. Switches for which warnings will be LVVXHGDWSRZHUXSDUHOLVWHGEHORZ7KURWWOHFXWLGOHGRZQV QDSUROODLUEUDNHWKURWWOHVWLFN DQGFRQGLWLRQPRWRU6: ,IWXUQLQJD VZLWFK2))GRHVQRW VWRS WKHPL[LQJZDUQLQJ7KH functions described previously probably use the same switch and the OFF direction setting LVUHYHUVHG,QVKRUWRQHRIWKHPL[LQJVGHVFULEHGDERYHLVQR WLQWKH2))VWDWH,QWKLVFDVH reset the warning display by pressing both + /

- KEY DWWKHVDPHWLPH1H[WFKDQJHRQH of the switch settings of the duplicated mixings. ,I(6&PRGHLVFKRVHQE\7+5&87D7+5&87ZLOOQRWVWDUW ZDUQLQJ BACKUP ERROR: :DUQLQJVRXQG6HYHUDOEHHSVUHSHDWHGFRQWLQXRXVO\ The BACKUP ERROR ZDUQLQJ RFFXUVZKHQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\LVORVW IRUDQ\ UHD VRQ ,IWKLV RFFXUVDOORIWKHGDWDZLOOEHUHVHWZKHQWKHSRZHULVWXUQHG RQDJDLQ 'RQRWÀ\ZKHQ WKLVPHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HG : all programming has been erased and is not available. Return your transmitter to Futaba for service. A setup of warning of each sensor can be performed in TELEMETRY

. 70PDUNLVVKRZQDERXWZDUQLQJRI7(/(0(75< 70Before use



# 27 LINK PROCEDURE (T10J/R3008SB) (DFKWUDQVPLWWHUKDVDQLQGLYLGXDOO\DVVLJQHGXQLTXH,'FRGH ,QRUGHUWRVWDUWRSHUDWLRQWKH UHFHLYHUPXVWEHOLQNHGZLWKWKH,'FRGHRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUZLW KZKLFKLWLVEHLQJSDLUHG2QFHWKH OLQNLVPDGHWKH,'FRGHLVVWRUHGLQWKHUHFHLYHUDQGQRIXUW KHUOLQNLQJLVQHFHVVDU\XQOHVVWKH UHFHLYHULVWREHXVHGZLWKDQRWKHUWUDQVPLWWHU:KHQ\RXSXUFK DVHDGGLWLRQDO56%UHFHLYHUV this procedure is necessary; otherwise the receiver will not work. /LQNSURFHGXUH 1. Place the transmitter and the receiver close to each other within 20 inches(half meter).

2. Turn on the transmitter. 3. Select [MDL-SEL] and access the setup screen shown below by press the jog key

. 4. Use the jog key to select (NO LINK) or the ID number next to LINK in the [MDL-SEL] menu.

5. Hold down the jog key to enter the link mode. 6. A chime from the transmitter notifies the operator that the transmitter has entered the link mode. “Beep beep beep” (Enters the link mode for 20 seconds)

7. Immediately turn on the receiver power. The receiver will enter the linking state (LED blinks red) about 3 seconds after the receiver power is turned on. 

### Less than 20 inches

In "Link" Mode

Receiver ON 8. If the receiver ID is displayed in the transmitter and the LED changed from red blinking to a steady green light , linking is complete. (The receiver linking wait state ends in about 3 seconds.) 9. Check system operation. If the transmitter and receiver are not linked, try linking again. ,IWKHUHDUHPDQ\7)+66$LUV\VWHPVWXUQHGRQLQFORVH

SUR[LPLW\\RXUUHFHLYHUPLJKWKDYHGLI¿FXOW\HVWDEOLVKLQJ a link to your transmitter. This is a rare occurrence. +RZHYHUVKRXOGDQRWKHU7)+66$LUWUDQVPLWWHUUHFHLYHU EHOLQNLQJDWWKHVDPHWLPH\RXU UHFHLYHUFRXOGOLQNWR the wrong transmitter. This is very dangerous if you do QRWQRWLFHWKLVVLWXDWLRQ,QRUGHUWRDYRLGWKHSUREOHPZH strongly recommend you to double check whether your receiver is really under control by your transmitter. :KHQ WKH OLQNHG WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU LV WXUQHG RQ

communications begins. :KHQXVLQJUHFHLYHUVSHUIRUPWKHOLQNLQJRSHUDWLRQWKH

VDPHDVWKHVWUHFHLYHU+RZHYHUZKHQUHFHLYHUVDUH XVHGWKHWHOHPHWU\V\VWHPFDQQRWEHXVHG *Link is required when a new model is made from a model

selection.



## :$51,1* $IWHU WKHOLQNLQJLV GRQH SOHDVH F\FOH UHFHLYHUSRZHUDQGFKHFNWKDWWKHUHFHLYHU WREHOLQNHGLVUHDOO\XQGHU WKHFRQWURORI WKHWUDQVPLWWHU 'RQ
WSHUIRUPWKHOLQNLQJSURFHGXUHZLWK PRWRU
VPDLQZLUHFRQQHFWHGRUZLWK WKH HQJLQHRSHUDWLQJDVLWPD\UHVXOWLQVHULRXV LQMXU\ 0'/6(/ 6(/(セント02'(/ &23<セント02'(/ 5(67セント([HFXWH 5;セント7)+66 /,1.セント ,' ;;;;;;;;;Before use



# 28 0RGH6ZLWFK Use the small plastic screw driver that was included with your receiver. Switch is also used for the CH mode selection. 5HFHLYHU56%

&RQQHFWRU "1 through 6": outputs for the channels 1 through 6 "7/B": outputs of 7 channels and power.

"8/SB": outputs of 8 channels or S.BUS port. >6%866HUYR6%86*\UR@ :KHQXVLQJ6%DV6%86\RXKDYHWRVHW CH MODE of the following page to mode B or mode D. "S.BUS2": outputs of S.BUS2 port. >6%866HUYR6%86*\UR7HOHPHWU\6HQVRU@ :KHQXVLQJRUPRUHFKDQQHOVXVHDQ6%86 function or use a second R3008SB and link both to your transmitter.

&RQQHFWRULQVHUWLRQ Firmly insert the connector in the direction VKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH,QVHUWWKH6%86E\WXUQLQJ it 90 degrees. 

## +

- 5HFHLYHU 

# Danger

Do not connect either a switch or battery in this manner. 

## 'DQJHU 'RQ
WFRQQHFWDFRQQHFWRUDVVKRZQLQD EHIRUH¿JXUH ,WZLOOVKRUWFLUFXLWLIFRQQHFWHGLQWKLVZD\$VKRUWFLUFX LW

DFURVVWKHEDWWHU\WHUPLQDOVPD\FDXVHDEQRUPDOKHDWLQJ ¿UHDQGEXUQV 

### 'RQ
W FRQQHFW VHUYR IRU FRQYHQWLRQDO V\VWHPWR6%866%86SRUW 'LJLWDOVHUYRIRUFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHPĺ,WGRHVQRWRSHUDWH $QDORJVHUYRĺ,WPD\FDXVHDEQRUPDOKHDW¿UHDQGEXUQLQJ 

## :DUQLQJ 6%86FRQQHFWRUV 'RQ
W FRQQHFW DQ 6%86 VHUYR J\UR WR 6%86FRQQHFWRU /('0RQLWRU This monitor is used to check the CH mode of the receiver. 

# RECEIVER NOMENCLATURE %HIRUHXVLQJWKH UHFHLYHUEHVXUHWR UHDGWKHSUHFDXWLRQVOLVW HGLQ the following pages.

([WUD9ROWDJH&RQQHFWRU %DWWHU\ &+VHUYR

<KDUQHVV %Before use



# 29 R3008SB CH MODE The R3008SB receiver is a very versatile XQLW,WKDV3:0RXWSXWV6%86DQG6%86 outputs. Additionally the PWM outputs can be FKDQJHGIURPFKDQQHOVWRFKDQQHOV,I you only desire to use it as an 7 channel receiver ZLWKRXW 6%86LW FDQ EH XVHGZLWKRXW DQ\ setting changes. 

## 'DQJHU 'RQ
WWRXFKZLULQJ * There is a danger of receiving an electric shock. 

### 'RQ
WVKRUWFLUFXLWWKHEDWWHU\WHUPLQDOV * A short circuit across the battery terminals may cause

DEQRUPDOKHDWLQJ¿UHDQGEXUQV 

### 3OHDVHGRXEOHFKHFN\RXUSRODULW\ + DQG

- ZKHQKRRNLQJXS\RXUFRQQHFWRUV ,I + and

- RIZLULQJDUHPLVWDNHQLWZLOOGDPDJH

ignite and explode. 

### 'RQ¶W FRQQHFW WR([WUD9ROWDJH EHIRUH WXUQLQJRQDUHFHLYHUSRZHUVXSSO\ +RZWRFKDQJHWKH56%&KDQQHOPRGH The R3008SB is capable of changing its channel allocations as described in the table below. 1. Turn on the receiver. (At this moment, the transmitter should be off.) Then, LED blinks RED in about 3 seconds. Next, wait until it becomes solid RED. 2. Press and hold the Mode Switch more than 5 seconds. 3. Release the button when the LED blinks RED and GREEN simultaneously. 4. The receiver is now in the "Operation CH Set" mode. At this moment, the LED LQGLFDWHVFXUUHQWVHWVWDWXVWKURXJKÁDVKLQJ a pattern that corresponds to the CH mode. *Cannot exit this CH setting mode before the operation

PRGHLV¿[HG *See the below table that shows correspondence between

&+PRGHDQGZD\RIÀDVKLQJ/(' *Default CH mode is "Mode B". 5. By pressing the Mode Switch, the operation CH is switched sequentially as "Mode C" "Mode D" "Mode A".... 6. The operation mode will be set by pressing the Mode Switch more than 2 seconds at the desired CH mode. 7. Release the button when the LED blinks RED and GREEN simultaneously. Then, the RSHUDWLRQ&+LVÀ[HG 8. After confirming the operation CH mode is changed, turn off and back on the receiver power. *The “Operation CH Set” mode cannot be changed during

the receiver communicates to the transmitter.

Output connector 

### Channel Mode A 1 ~ 8CH Mode B 1 ~ 7CH Mode C 9 ~ 10CH Mode D 9 ~ 10CH 11199 2 2 2 10 10 3 3 3 -- 4 4 4 -- 5 5 5 -- 6 6 6 -- 7/B 7 7 - - 8/SB 8 S.BUS - S.BUS Red LED blink 1 time 2 time 3 time 4 time 

### R3008SB CH Mode table

Default CH mode 

### ([WUD9ROWDJH&RQQHFWRU Use this connector when using a voltage telemetry device to send the battery voltage (DC0 a9IURPWKHUHFHLYHUWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHU You will need to purchase the optional External 9ROWDJHLQSXWFDEOH&$59,1)870 You can then make a cable with an extra connector to the External voltage connector.Before use



# 30 RECEIVER's ANTENNA INSTALLATION 7KH56%KDVWZRDQWHQQDV,QRUGHUWRPD[LPL]HVLJQDOUHFHS WLRQDQG SURPRWH VDIH modeling Futaba has adopted a diversity antenna system. This allows the receiver to obtain RF VLJQDOVRQERWKDQWHQQDVDQGÀ\SUREOHPIUHH

Antenna *Must be kept as straight as possible.

Coaxial cable R3008SB Receiver


### To obtain the best results of the diversity I X Q FWL R Q SO H D V H U H I H U W R W K H I ROO RZL Q J instructions: 1. The two antennas must be kept as straight as possible. Otherwise it will reduce the effective range. 2. The two antennas should be placed at 90 degrees to each other. This is not a critical figure, but the most important thing is to keep the antennas away from each other as much as possible. Larger models can have large metal objects that can attenuate the RF signal. In this case the antennas should be placed at both sides of the model. Then the best 5)VLJQDOFRQGLWLRQLVREWDLQHGDWDQ\Á\LQJ attitude. 3. The antennas must be kept away from conductive materials, such as metal, carbon and fuel tank by at least a half inch. The coaxial part of the antennas does not need to follow these guidelines, but do not bend it in a tight radius. 4. Keep the antennas away from the motor, ESC, and other noise sources as much as possible.

*The two antennas should be placed at 90 degrees to each other. 7KH,OOXVWUDWLRQGHPRQVWUDWHVKRZWKHDQWHQQDVKRXOGEHSODFHG

 5HFHLYHU9LEUDWLRQDQG:DWHUSURRILQJ7KH UHFHLYHUFRQWDLQVSU HFLVLRQHOHFWURQLFSDUWV%HVXUHWRDYRLGYLEUDWLRQ

VKRFNDQGWHPSHUDWXUHH[WUHPHV)RUSURWHFWLRQZUDSWKHUHFHL YHULQ IRDP UXEEHU RU RWKHU YLEUDWLRQDEVRUELQJ PDWHULDOV,WLVDOVRDJRRGLGHDWRZDWHUSURRIWKHUHFHLYHUE\SODFLQJLWLQDSODVWLFEDJDQGVHFXULQJWKHRSHQHQGRIWKH EDJZLWKDUXEEHUEDQGEHIRUHZUDSSLQJLWZLWKIRDPUXEEHU,I \RXDFFLGHQWDOO\JHWPRLVWXUHRUIXHOLQVLGHWKHUHFHLYHU \RXPD\H[SHULHQFHLQWHUPLWWHQWRSHUDWLRQRUDFUDVK,ILQGRX EWUHWXUQWKHUHFHLYHUWRRXUVHUYLFHFHQWHUIRUVHUYLFH 

### Antenna 

### AntennaBefore use



# 31 Rubber grommet Brass eyelet Wood screw

Servo mount 2.3-2.6mm nut washer Rubber grommet Brass eyelet Servo mount
2.3-2.6mm screw (Helicopter) (Airplane/Glider) 

### 6HUYROHDGZLUHV To prevent the servo lead cable from being EURNHQ E\ YLEUDWLRQ GXULQJ IOLJKW SURYLGH D little slack in the cable and fasten it at suitable points. Periodically check the cable during daily maintenance.

Fasten about 5-10cm from the servo outlet so that the lead wire is neat. Margin in the lead wire.



# MOUNTING THE POWER SWITCH :KHQPRXQWLQJDSRZHUVZLWFKWRDQDLUIUDPH make a rectangular hole that is a little larger than the total stroke of the switch so that you can turn the switch ON/OFF without binding. Avoid mounting the switch where it can be FRYHUHGE\HQJLQHRLODQGGXVW ,QJHQHUDOLWLV recommended to mount the power switch on the VLGHRIWKHIXVHODJHWKDWLVRSSRVLWHWKHPXIÀHU 

# SAFETY PRECAUTIONS when you install receiver and servos 

# :DUQLQJ &RQQHFWLQJFRQQHFWRUV %H VXUH WRLQVHUW WKHFRQQHFWRUXQWLOLW VWRSVDWWKHGHHSHVWSRLQW 

## +RZWRSURWHFWWKHUHFHLYHUIURP YLEUDWLRQDQGZDWHU :UDS WKHUHFHLYHUZLWK VRPHWKLQJ VRIW VXFKDV IRDPUXEEHU WRDYRLGYLEUDWLRQ ,I WKHUHLV DFKDQFH RI JHWWLQJZHWSXW WKH UHFHLYHU LQ D ZDWHUSURRI EDJ RU EDOORRQWRDYRLGZDWHU 

## 5HFHLYHU
VDQWHQQD 1HYHU FXW WKH UHFHLYHU
V DQWHQQD 'R QRWELQGWKHUHFHLYHU
VDQWHQQDZLWKWKH FDEOHVIRUVHUYRV /RFDWH WKHUHFHLYHU
V DQWHQQD DV IDU DV SRVVLEOH IURPPHWDOV RU FDUERQ ILEHU FRPSRQHQWVVXFKDVIUDPHVFDEOHVHWF *Cutting or binding the receiver's antenna will

UHGXFHWKHUDGLRUHFHSWLRQVHQVLWLYLW\DQGUDQJH and may cause a crash. 

## 6HUYRWKURZ $GMXVW \RXU V\VWHP VR WKDW SXVKURGV ZLOOQRWELQGRUVDJZKHQRSHUDWLQJ WKH VHUYRVWRWKHIXOOH[WHQW ,IH[FHVVLYHIRUFHLVFRQWLQXRXVO\DSSOLHGWRD

VHUYRWKHVHUYRFRXOGEHGDPDJHGGXHWRIRUFH on the gear train and/or power consumption causing rapid battery drain. 

## 0RXQWLQJVHUYRV 8VH D YLEUDWLRQSURRIUXEEHU VXFK DV UXEEHU JURPPHW XQGHU D VHUYRZKHQ PRXQWLQJ WKH VHUYR RQ D VHUYRPRXQW $QGEHVXUH WKDW WKHVHUYRFDVHVGRQRW WRXFKGLUHFWO\WRWKHPHWDOSDUWVVXFKDV VHUYRPRXQW ,IWKHVHUYRFDVHFRQWDFWVWKHDLUIUDPHGLUHFWO\

vibration will travel to and possibly damage the servo. 

# MOUNTING THE SERVOBefore use



# 32 RANGE CHECK THE RADIO $UDQJHFKHFNPXVWEHSHUIRUPHGEHIRUHWKH¿UVWÀLJKWRIDQHZ PRGHO,WLVQRWQHFHVVDU\WRGR DUDQJHFKHFNEHIRUHHYHU\ÀLJKWEXWLVQRWDEDGLGHDWRSHUI RUPDUDQJHFKHFNEHIRUHWKH¿UVW ÀLJKWRIHDFKGD\$UDQJHFKHFNLVWKH¿QDORSSRUWXQLW\WRU HYHDODQ\UDGLRPDOIXQFWLRQVDQGWR be certain the system has adequate operational range. We have installed a special “Power Down Mode” in the T10J in order to perform an operational JURXQGUDQJHFKHFN'XULQJWKLVPRGHWKH5)SRZHULVUHGXFHG LQRUGHUWRWHVWWKHRSHUDWLRQDO range of the T10J.

'$1*(5 1(9(5VWDUWÀ\LQJZKHQWKH33RZHU'RZQ 0RGH ́LVDFWLYH *Control is impossible and your model crashes. Select the "ON" a n d press the Jog key

. P o w e r i s u s u a l l y outputted from power mode. Select the "OFF" and press the Jog key

. A screen opens without o u t p u t t i n g p o w e r . The receiver does not operate.

:LWKWKH33RZHU'RZQ0RGH ́DFWLYDWHGZDONDZD\IURPWKHPRG HOZKLOHVLPXOWDQHRXVO\RSHUDWLQJWKHFRQWUROV +DYHDQDVVLVWDQWVWDQGE\WKHPRGHODQGVLJQDOZKDWWKHFRQWUR OVDUHGRLQJWRFRQ¿UPWKDWWKH\RSHUDWHFRUUHFWO\<RX should be able to walk approximately 30-50 paces from the model without losing control.  ,I HYHU\WKLQJ RSHUDWHV FRUUHFWO\ UHWXUQWRWKHPRGHO 3XVK END KEY and complete power down mode. Set the transmitter in a safe yet accessible location so it will be within reach after starting the engine. Be certain the throttle VWLFNLVDOOWKHZD\GRZQDQGWKHQVWDUWWKHHQJLQH3HUIRUP DQRWKHUUDQJHFKHFNZLWK\RXUDVVLVWDQWKROGLQJWKHPRGHO and the engine running at various speeds. ,IWKH VHUYRVMLWWHU RUPRYHLQDGYHUWHQWO\WKHUHPD\ EHD SURE OHP'R127À\WKHDLUFUDIW/RRN IRUORRVH VHUYR connections or binding pushrods. Also be certain that the battery has been fully charged. 1(9(5VWDUWÀ\LQJZKHQWKH33RZHU'RZQ0RGH ́LVDFWLYH 6HUYRWHVWRSHUDWLRQDWWKHWLPHRI3RZHU'RZQ0RGH 'XULQJ3RZHU'RZQPRGH\RXFDQXVHDXWRPDWLFVHUYRWHVWLQJWR FKHFNWKHUDQJHRIDVSHFL¿HGVHUYRLWPRYHVWR ULJKWDQGOHIWVORZO\ $6(592LVFKRVHQIURPDPHQX  JOG KEY LVPRYHGWRDVLGHDQGSDJHVLVFDOOHG1H[W JOG KEY is moved down and CH is displayed. &+RIWKHVHUYRZKLFKZDQWVWRRSHUDWHLVFKRVHQ7KHQWKH + KEY is pressed and it is made ACT. 7KHVHUYRVHOHFWHGGXULQJ3RZHU'RZQ0RGHRSHUDWHVDORQHDOORZ LQJ\RXWRFKHFNLWVRSHUDWLRQ ,WLVGXULQJ3RZHU'RZQ0RGHVWDUWLQJDQGLI6(5927(67LVW XUQHG21LWZLOOPRYH ,QWKH3RZHU'RZQ0RGHWKHWKURWWOHVHUYRGRHVQRWRSHUDWH +HOLFRSWHUPRGHFRQGLWLRQLV¿[HGWR125 7R DFWLYDWHWKH 33RZHU 'RZQ0RGH ́ SOHDVH KROG down the JOG KEY and then turn the transmitter switch on. A power mode screen is displayed. Press the JOG KEY to select the Power Down function. When this mode is active the red LED on the lighting from of the transmitter will provide users with an audible and visual indication that the transmitter is in the “Power 'RZQ0RGH ́$XGLEO\WKHWUDQVPLWWHU ZLOO EHHS RQH WLPHHYHU\WKUHHVHFRQGV9LVXDOO\WKH/&'VFUHHQZLOO display “POWER DOWN MODE”. The words “POWER DOWN MODE” will blink as an additional reminder that the transmitter is in the “Power Down Mode”. 

### 7RDFWLYDWHWKH3RZHU'RZQ0RGHDQG3HUIRUP$5DQJH&KHFNBefore use



# 33 S.BUS/S.BUS2 INSTALLATION This set uses the S.BUS/S.BUS2 system. The wiring is as simplified and clean mounting as SRVVLEOH HYHQ ZLWKPRGHOVWKDW XVH DODUJH QXPEHU RI VHUYRV , Q DGGLWLRQWKH ZLQJV FDQ EH quickly installed to the fuselage without any extraneous wiring by the use of only one simple ZLUHHYHQZKHQWKHUHDUHDODUJHQXPEHURIVHUYRVXVHG Ɣ:KHQXVLQJ6%866%86VSHFLDOVHWWLQJVDQGPL[HVLQ\RXUWU DQVPLWWHUPD\EHXQQHFHVVDU\ Ɣ7KH6%866%86VHUYRVPHPRUL]HWKHQXPEHURIFKDQQHOVWKHPVH OYHV6HWWDEOHZLWKWKH7- Ɣ7KH6%866%86V\VWHPDQGFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHPUHFHLYHUFRQY HQWLRQDO&+XVHGFDQEHPL[HG S.BUS Glider usage example

S.BUS Aerobatic plane usage example

Receiver: R3008SB Battery: FR2F1800 ( Optional ) Switch: HSW-L Throttle servo: BLS173SV ( Optional )

Aileron servo: BLS174SV×2 ( Optional )

Elevator servo: BLS173SVi×2 ( Optional ) Rudder Servo: BLS175SV×1 ( Optional ) HUB×3 ( Optional ) Receiver: R3008SB Servo: S3173SVi×9 (Optional)

i Connector (Optional) i-i Connector (Optional) i-i Connector (Optional)

i-i Connector (Optional) HUB×1 (Optional)

* i-i Connector makes S.BUS connection of SVi servo to SVi servo.
* i Connector makes S.BUS connection of SVi servo to receiver.Before use



# 34 S.BUS WIRING EXAMPLE

%DWWHU\

%DWWHU\ *< ([WHQVLRQ FRUG 6ZLWFK

6ZLWFK 7HUPLQDOER[

+8%

+8% +8% +8% +8%

+8% +8% ق$QRWKHUSRZHUVXSSO\ك

+8% 6%866HUYR 6%866HUYR Receiver



### ●S.BUS Servo Since the channel number is memorized by the S.BUS itself, any connector can be used. When the SBD-1 Decoder (sold separately) is used, ordinary servos can be used with the S.BUS system.

●When separate power supply used When a large number of servos are used or when high current servos are used, the servos can be driven by a separate power supply by using a separate Power Supply 3-way Hub. ● 7HUPLQDOER[ Four connectors can be inserted

Three connectors can be inserted. Used when using a separate power supply battery. 6%86 3RUW 6%

Orange Green 

## :DUQLQJ 3RZHUVXSSO\ 3OHDVH PDNH VXUH WKDW \RX XVHDEDWWHU\ WKDWFDQGHOLYHU H Q R X J K F D S D FL W \ I R U W K H QXPEHU DQG NLQG RI VHUYRV X V H G $O N DOL Q H E D W W H UL H V FDQQRWEHXVHGBefore use



# 35 S.BUS2 SYSTEM :KHQXVLQJWKH6%86SRUWDQLPSUHVVLYHDUUD\RIWHOHPHWU\ VHQVRUVPD\EHXWLOL]HG

Receiver port S.BUS Servo S.BUS Gyro 

### S.BUS2 Servo 

### S.BUS2 Gyro Telemetry sensor S.BUS ○ ○ × 

## S.BUS2 × (※) ○ ○ 

# 6%867$%/(

(※) 'RQ
WFRQQHFW6%866HUYR S.BUS Gyro to S.BUS2 connector.

6%86 3RUW 6%86 3RUW 6%

+XE

+XE +XE +XE

5XGGHU6HUYR 

## 6%86 6HUYR 6%866HUYR 6%86 VHUYR &RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH 6%86 J\UR &RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH 6%86VHUYR &RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH

7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU &RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH 

## 6%86 *<52 &+0RGHLVVHWWR0RGH%>'@



### ٔ 

## 7HOHPHWU\ 6HQVRU 6%86VHUYRVDQGJ\URVDQG6%86VHUYRVDQGJ\URVPXVWEHXVHG LQWKH FRUUHFWUHFHLYHUSRUWV3OHDVHUHIHUWRWKHLQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDO WRPDNHVXUH \RXFRQQHFWWRWKHFRUUHFWRQHBefore use



# 36 S.BUS/S.BUS2 DEVICE SETTING S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or a telemetry sensor can be connected directly to the T10J. Channel setting and other data can be entered for the S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or sensors.

3-way hub or Y-harnesses

6%866%86 6HUYR 6%866%86 GHYLFH
7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU 5HFHLYHUV %DWWHU\ 

## %DFNRI7-

1. Turn on the transmitter power. 2. Call the setup screen. Servo: → S.BUS LINK → MODE IN Sensor: → SENSOR → REGISTER 3. Connect the S.BUS device and battery you want to set with a 3-way hub or Y-harnesses DVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUH 4. Perform setting in accordance with each screen. 5. This sets the channel and other data for each S.BUS servo, or telemetry device to be used with the S.BUS device or receiver.Before use



# 37 TELEMETRY SYSTEM The R3008SB receiver features bi-directional communication with a T-FHSS Air Futaba transmitter using the S.BUS2 port. Using the S.BUS2 port an impressive array of telemetry VHQVRUVPD\EHXWLOL]HG,WDOVRLQFOXGHVERWKVWDQGDUG3:0RX WSXWSRUWVDQG6%86RXWSXW ports. *Telemetry is available only in the T-FHSS Air mode. 7KHWHOHPHWU\IXQFWLRQUHTXLUHVWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJUHFHLYHU5 6% 7KH7-ZLOOHQWHUDQGNHHSWKH,'QXPEHURIWKH56%WKDW LWLVOLQNHGWR :KHQ\RXXVHWZRRUPRUH56%VHWWHOHPHWU\PRGHWR,1+

7- 

## ●Telemetry sensor (sold separately) Your aircraft's data can be checked in the transmitter by connecting various telemetry sensors to the S.BUS2 connector of the receiver.

●Slot Number Servos are classified by channel, but sensors are classified by “slot” . Since the initial slot number of the T10J is preset at each sensor, the sensors can be used as is by connecting them. There are 1 ~ 31 slots. 6%86 &RQQHFWRU 7HPSHUDWXUH 6HQVRU Slot 1
Slot 2
Slot 3 ~ 5
Slot 6 ~ 7

Slot 8 ~ 15
Slot 16 

### Receiver Battery voltage is displayed at the transmitter. Power battery voltage is displayed at the transmitter.

6ZLWFK

7HUPLQDOER[ +8%

+8%

+8% Info

Info

Info

InfoInfo


### voltageSignal

530 6HQVRU $OWLWXGH 6HQVRU

*36 6HQVRU

Slot 17
Slot 31 6HQVRU 9ROWDJH 6HQVRU

6HQVRUInfo

# 38Common function ( 1 second) 

## + END

0(18岜岜岜岜   セント0'/6(/ セント0'/1$0( セント)$,/6$)( セント5(9(56( セント7,0(5 セント6(592 セント(1'32,17 セント75,0 セント68%75,0 セント30,; セント$8;&+$1 セント3$5$0(7(5

0(18岜岜岜岜    セント7(/(0(75< セント6(1625 セント6%86/,1. セント0'/75$16 セント75$,1(5 セント$,/',)) '58ڀ$,/セント セント97$,/ セント*<526(16 セント(/(921 セント$,/9$725 /'))1ڀ7+5セント

0(18岜岜岜岜    セント'5(;32 セント)/$3(521 セント$,5%5. )/)ڀ/$3(セント /$3(ڀ)/)セント セント)/$375,0 セント7+5&87 セント,'/('2:1 セント61$352// セント7+5&859( セント3,7&859( セント7+5岜'(/$< 0(18岜岜岜岜    セント'5  (;3 2 セント )/$3(5 21 セント $,5%5 . セント /)ڀ/$3( ) セント /$(ڀ)/) 3 セント )/$375, 0 セント7+5& 87 セント ,'/(' 2 : 1 セント 61$35 2 // セント 7+5& 8 59 ( セント 3,7& 8 59 ( セント 7+5岜'(/$ < セント $,/',) ) 5ڀ$,/セント '8 セント 97$, / セント* <5 2 6(1 6 セント (/(9 21 セント $,/9$7 25 セント '))1ڀ7+5 /



### MENU

3/3 

# Common function The setting screens are called from the following menu. All the functions common to airplane, helicopter, glider, and multi-copter model types are shown here.



# MENU ● When the + keyis pressed for 1 second, the menu screen is displayed. ● When the END key i s p r e s s e d , t h e d i s p l a y r e t u r n s t o t h e h o m e screen. ● First set the throttle to slow. ● Then turn on the power.



### MENU

1/3

MENU

2/3 (Home screen) 

## To menu screen by holding down the + key

(Selection) ● M o v e t h e c u r s o r ( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n d down and to the left and right with the Jog key and select the function. The cursor can be moved over several pages.


### (Calling the setting screen)

● Press the Jog keyto open the setting screen.

# 39Common function 

### MENU1/3 MDL-SEL (P.40) Model select / Model Copy / Data reset / RX / Link 

### MDL-NAME (P.43) Model name / User name 

### FAIL SAFE (P.45) Fail safe 

### REVERSE (P.47) Servo reverse 

### TIMER (P.48) Timer 

### SERVO (P.49) Servo monitor / Servo test 

### END POINT (P.50) End point 

### TRIM (P.51) Trim reset / Trim step 

### SUB TRIM (P.52) Sub trim 

### P.MIX1-6 (P.53) Program mixing 1 ~ 6 

### AUX-CHAN (P.56) AUX channel 

### PARAMETER (P.58)Data reset / Model type / ATLtrim / LCD contrast / Back light : mode, time, adjustment / Home display / Battery alarm / Battery vibration / Buzzer tone / Jog navi / Jog light / Jog time / Telemetry : mode, unit / Speech : language, volume / Stick position alarm 

### ■ Function MENU2/3 TELEMETRY (P.66) Telemetry Display / Alarm setup 

### SENSOR (P.83) Telemetry sensor 

### SBUS LINK (P.89) S.BUS servo set up 

### MDL-TRANS (P.92) Data transfer of another 10J or 8J 

### TRAINER (P.93) Trainer 

### key / LCD

● 

### Jog key ● 

### - key ● 

### + key

● 

### END key

# 40Common function 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen Model select(SELECT) The model data of up to 30 models can be stored in the transmit ter. This function is used when calling saved model data. 

### Model copy(COPY) This is the model data copy function. It is convenient when you want to store model data as backup or build a number of models with the same data settings. ● The data of the model memory currently in use can be copied to another model memory. 

### Data reset (RESET) The model data currently in use can be reset to its initial val ue. However, it does not Reset other than the following of a parameter

. [ The function reset in a parameter : ATL trim, TELEMETRY mode, STK POSI ALRM ] 

### Receiver selection(RX) The R3008SB supplied with the transmitter, employs the T-FHSS A ir system. When you want to use an S-FHSS receiver, switch to S-FHSS here. However, the telemet ry function cannot be used with the S-FHSS system. 

### Link(LINK) When linking with the receiver, the transmitter is set to the l ink mode here. The ID number of the currently linked receiver is displayed.

"MDL-SEL" 

## MDL-SEL Model select(select / copy / reset / RX type / link) 

## (Common)

Model select

Model copy

Data reset RX system Link (Model number:1 ~ 30) ● Original data : Model type Model name ● Copy place : Model type Model name ● System(T-FHSS Air or S-FHSS) ● Link receiver ID ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. 

### This function is used when calling and copying model data stored in the transmitter. The selected model data can also be reset. System changes (T-FHSS Air, S-FHSS) matched to the receiver type and linking with the receiver are also done here.

0'/6(/ 6(/(セント02'(/ &23<セント02'(/ 5(67セント([HFXWH 5;セント7)+66$LU /,1.セント ,' ;;;;;;;;;

# 41Common function 1 Select the SELECT item and then s e l e c t t h e m o d e l n u m b e r b y pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Selection range:1 ~ 30 2 Press the Jog key for 1 second. (1 second)
● Confirmation message "sure?" blinks. 3 Select the model by pressing the Jog key

.

● A c o n f i r m a t i o n " b e e p beep" sounds to show that selection is complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is c ancelled after the confirmation message is displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

1 Select the COPY item and the select the model number of the copy destination by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Selection range:1 ~ 30 2 Press the Jog key for 1 second. (1 second)
● Confirmation message "sure?" blinks. 3 Copy the model by pressing the Jog key

.

● A c o n f i r m a t i o n " b e e p " sounds and "COMPLETE" is displayed on the screen to show that copying is complete.
For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is c ancelled after the confirmation message is displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key.

1 Select the REST item and then press the Jog keyfor 1 second. (1 second)
● Confirmation message "sure?" blinks. 2 Date reset by pressing the Jog key

.

● A confirmation "beep" sounds and "COMPLETE" is displayed on the screen is complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is c ancelled after the confirmation message is displayed, the change is not made when moved to another sett ing item by Jog key. 

### Model select

Model copy

Date reset

Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly check the Hi and Low directions of the engine or motor used and be careful that they do not suddenly run at full speed. Even after data reset, CH3 is reversed. 

### CAUTION

# 42Common function 1 Select the LINK item and then press the Jog key for 1 second. (1 second)
● T-FHSS Air only. S-FHSS does not enter the link mode. Use the receiver link button to link the receiver. 2 Enters the link mode for about 20 seconds. During this time, bring the receiver near the transmitter and turn on the receiver power. When linking, the receiver ID is displayed. ● In the link mode, a confirmation "beep b e e p b e e p " s o u n d s a n d t h e t i m e remaining is displayed on the screen. W h e n 20 s e c o n d s h a v e e l a p s e d , a continuous beep sounds and the link mode is exited.

For safety, linking must not be performed while the drive motor or engine is running. When linking is complete, turn the power off and on and check operation. 

### Link 1 Select the RX item and then select T-FHSS Air or S-FHSS by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Selection range:T-FHSS Air, S-FHSS ● Confirmation message "sure?" blinks. 2 RX type change by pressing the Jog key

.

● A c o n f i r m a t i o n " b e e p " sounds is complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is c ancelled after the confirmation message is displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key. 

### RX type



### *Link is required when a new model is made from a model selection.

# 43Common function 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen

1 Move the cursor to the model name digit you want to change by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or 2 Move the cursor to the candidate character you want to change with the Jog key

. 3 Change the character by pressing the Jog key

.

Set the model name by repeating steps 1 to 3 above. Reset method: When the cursor is moved to any digit of the model name by + ke y or ‒ key and the Jog key is pressed in the state in which the cursor was moved t o RESET by Jog key, the model name returns to its initial setting.



### Model name 

## MDL-NAME 

# Model name / User name (Common)

Model name setting(MDL NAME) This function assigns a name to the model data. The model name is displayed on the top row of the home screen. This serves to prevent model memory mistakes if th e current aircraft name or other name is entered. ● Up to 10 characters can be set. 

### User name setting(USR NAME) The user name displayed on the home screen can be set. (When a user name is not set, the Futaba logo is displayed) When the home screen display is changed to U SR-NAME by PARAMETER, the set user name is displayed on the home screen. ● Up to 10 characters can be set.

Model name

User name (Reset)

(Candidate characters) ● Characters that can be entered ; Numeric/upper case alphabet/ lower case alphabet "MDL-NAME" 

### A model name is inputted into each model in T10J. User name is inputted into T10J.

0'/1$0(

# 44Common function 1 Move the cursor to the user name d i g i t y o u w a n t t o c h a n g e b y pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or 2 Move the cursor to the candidate character you want to change with the Jog key

. 3 Change the character by pressing the Jog key

.

Set the user name by repeating steps 1 to 3 above. Reset method: When the cursor is moved to any digit of the user name by + key or ‒ key and the Jog key is pressed in the state in which the cursor was moved to RE SET by Jog key, the user name returns to its initial setting (Futaba logo). 

### User name

1 Select "HOME-DSP" from the parameter 2 page with the Jog key

. 2 S e l e c t "USR-NAME" b y pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 3 End setting by pressing the END key

. 

### Parameter



## + - END 1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen Displaying the user name on the home screen The set user name can be displayed on the home screen. (When a user name is not set, the Futaba logo is displayed.) When the home screen display is changed to USR-NAME by PARAMETER , the set user name is displayed.

"PARAMETER"

# 45Common function 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen When normal radiowaves cannot be received due to noise and interference, the NOR mode, which holds the servo of each channel in its position immediately before reception was lost, or F/S (Fail Safe) mode, which moves the servo of each channel to a preset position, can be selected. When T-FHSS Air is selected, the battery fail safe voltage can be set. ŏ:KHQ WKH WKURWWOHFKDQQHOZDV UHYHUVHGE\ VHUYR

UHYHUVH IXQFWLRQ WKH )6GDWD LVDOVR UHYHUVHG 7KURWWOH FKDQQHO RQO\ ,I WKH UHFHLYHU EDWWHU\ YROWDJHGURSVEHORZ WKH VHW YDOXHZKHQ WKH IDLO VDIHPRGH ZDV VHOHFWHG WKH EDWWHU\ IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQPRYHVWKHVHUYRWRDSUHVHWSRVLWLRQ ŏ7KH6)+66IDLOVDIHYROWDJHLV9 ŏ2QO\ WKH WKURWWOHFKDQQHOEDWWHU\ IDLOVDIH IXQFWLRQ

FDQEHWXUQHGRQDQGRII ŏ:KHQWKLVIXQFWLRQZDVSHUIRUPHGUHVHWWKHEDWWHU\ IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQE\ WKH IROORZLQJPHWKRGDQG LPPHGLDWHO\ODQG Reset method: The battery fail safe function can be temporarily disabled by moving the throttle stick to the slowes t side. However, after 30 seconds the battery fail safe function will return to the battery fail safe state.

"Fail safe" 

## FAIL SAFE 

# Fail safe (Common)

■ Mode selection 1 Select the mode by pressing the + keyor ‒ key at the MODE item of each channel. 

## + - or (Range) NOR, F/S ( When F/S mode was selected ) ■ F/S position 2 In the mode selected state, set the F/ S position by holding the stick of that channel in the position you want to set and press the Jog key for 1 second. ● A confirmation beeping sounds to show that the servo position was set. ■ When using the B-F/S mode 1 Select ACT by pressing the + keyor ‒ key at the B-F/S item. 

## + - or (Range / Default) INH, ACT / INH 

### Fail safe F/S Position Mode select B-F/S : ON/OFF

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. 

### For safety, always set the fail safe functions. Ɣ5HPHPEHUWRVHWWKHWKURWWOHFKDQQHOIDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQVRWKD W the servo moves to the maximum slow side for airplanes and to the slow side from the hovering position for helicopters. Crashing of the model at full high when normal radio waves cannot be received due to interference, etc., is very dangerous. Ɣ,IWKHEDWWHU\ IDLOVDIHLV UHVHWE\WKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLWPD \

be mistaken for an engine malfunction and will be reset at WKURWWOHVORZDQGWKHPRGHOZLOOFRQWLQXHWRÀ\,I\RXKDYH any doubts, immediately land.



### WARNING

)$,/6$)(   7)+66 02'(326,%)6

$&7 $,/ (/( 7+5 58' *(5 セント 125 セント125 セント)6 セント125 セント125

# 46Common function 1 Select BATTERY F/S VOLTAGE on page 3 of the fail safe screen with the Jog key

. 2 S e t t h e v o l t a g e b y pressing the + key or ‒ key. 3 End setting by pressing the END key

. 

### Battery fail safe voltage setting



## + - END

(Set up range) 3.8V 4.0V 4.2V 4.4V 4.6V 4.8V

5.0V 5.3V 5.6V 5.9V 6.2V 6.5V 6.8V 7.1V 7.4V

# 47Common function 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen Servo reversing (REVERSE): changes the direction an individual servo responds to a &21752/67,&.PRWLRQ For CCPM helicopters, be sure to read the section on SWASH AFR before reversing any servos. With the exception of CCPM helicopters, always complete your servo reversing prior to any other programming. When using ACRO functions that control PXOWLSOHVHUYRVVXFKDV)/$3(521RU97$,/LW may be confusing to determine whether the servo needs to be reversed or a setting in the function needs to be reversed. Refer to the instructions for each specialized function for further details.

1 Channel is Select by Jog key

.



### Selection range: 1 ~ 10ch 2 NOR or REV is chosen by Jog key

.

● The confirmation message "sure?" blinks on the screen. (Not displayed if the same as before.) 3 Reverse the servo by pressing the Jog key

.

● A confirmation beeping sounds and the direction of operation is reversed.
For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is c ancelled after the confirmation message is displayed, the change is not made when moved to another setting item by Jog key. 

### Servo Reverse Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly check the Hi and Low directions of the engine or motor used and be careful that they do not suddenly run at full speed. Since the direction of the ailerons of an airplane can be easily mistaken, be very careful.

"REVERSE"

To prevent erroneous setting, after the servo reverse screen wa s called as described above, the channel will not be selected if the Jog key is not pressed at the left and right. 

## REVERSE 

# Servo reverse (Common)

Channel select

● Select the channel with the

Jog key

. ● The currently selected channel is highlighted.

● Display Reverse/Normal

REV :Reverse NOR :Normal (Channel number) 

### CAUTION

5(9(56(

5(9 125 $ , /

 ( / (

 7 + 5

 5 8 '

 * ( 5

 ) / 3

 $ 8 ;

 $ 8 ;

 $ 8 ;

 $ 8 ;



# 48Common function 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen The timer is convenient during a competition to VHWWKHVSHFL¿HGDPRXQWRIWLPHRUWKHÀ\LQJWLPH on a full tank of fuel.
ŏ7ZRWLPHUV\VWHPVFDQEHVHW7LPHU705!DQG

7LPHU705! ŏ7KH WLPHUVFDQEH VHW IRUHDFKPRGHO6LQFH WKH

WLPHUVFDQEHVHWWRPDWFKWKHPRGHOWKH\GRQRW KDYHWREHUHVHWHDFKWLPHWKHPRGHOLVFKDQJHG ŏ7KH W\SHRI WLPHUFDQEH VHOHFWHG IURPDPRQJ

XS83GRZQ'2:1DQGGRZQVWRS'1673 7KHXSWLPHULVFRXQWHGXSIURPDQGWKHHODSVHG WLPHLVGLVSOD\HGRQ WKHVFUHHQ7KHGRZQ WLPHULV FRXQWHGGRZQIURPWKHVHWWLPHDQGWKHUHPDLQLQJ WLPH LVGLVSOD\HGRQ WKH VFUHHQ 7KHGRZQ VWRS WLPHU VWRSV WKHFRXQWDW(DFK WLPHUFDQEH VHW XSWRPLQXWHVVHFRQGV ŏ6ZLWFKHV$ WR+ WKURWWOH VWLFN 677+5RUSRZHU VZLWFK3:56:FDQEHVHOHFWHGDV WKHVWDUW VWRS VZLWFK 216: 7KH212))GLUHFWLRQFDQ DOVREHVHW+RZHYHUZKHQ WKHSRZHUVZLWFKZDV VHOHFWHGWKHWLPHUVWDUWVZKHQWKHSRZHUVZLWFKLV WXUQHGRQ ŏ:KHQ WKH WLPHU \RX ZDQW WR UHVHW LV VHOHFWHG

ZLWK WKH -RJ NH\DQG WKH -RJ NH\ LVSUHVVHG IRU  VHFRQGDW WKHKRPH VFUHHQ WKH WLPHU LV UHVHW 6ZLWFKHV$WR+FDQEHVHOHFWHGDVWKHUHVHWVZLWFK 566:7KH212))GLUHFWLRQFDQDOVREHVHW ŏ7KH XSGRZQ WLPHUDXGLEOHDODUP LQGLFDWHV WKH

WLPHE\DEHHSHYHU\VHFRQGFRQWLQXRXVEHHSLQJ DW VHFRQG LQWHUYDOV IURP VHFRQGVEHIRUH WKH VHWWLPHDQGDFRQWLQXRXVEHHSLQJDWDVHFRQG LQWHUYDOIURPVHFRQGVEHIRUHWKHVHWWLPH

"TIMER" 

## TIMER 

# Timer (Common)

■ Mode selection 1 

### Select timer mode from the "MODE" with the + or - key. 

## + - or (Range / Default) UP, DOWN, DN-STP/UP ■ Timer time setting 2 S e t t h e t i m e b y pressing the + keyor ‒ key at each TIME (minutes):(second) item. (Range / Default) 0 ~ 9 9 m i n u t e s 5 9 seconds /10 minutes 00 second ■ Switch selection and ON direction setting 3 Select the switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key at the ON-SW or RS-SW item and set the ON direction by pressing the + key or ‒ key at the ON direction setting item. (Switch setting range/ Default ) ON-SW: SwA ~ H, ST-THR, PWR-SW/SwA RS-SW: SwA ~ H/SwA (Switch ON direction/ Default ) 3P SW: NULL (normally off), UP, UP&DWN, UP&CNT, CENTER, CNT&DN, DOWN/NULL 2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN/NULL 

### Timer <TMR1><TMR2> ● Select the item with the

Jog key

. Time set up Mode selection ON Switch selection Switch direction Reset Switch selection Switch direction ● When the throttle switch is selected at switch selection, hold the throttle stick in the position you want to set the ON/OFF point at ON direction setting and set the ON/OFF position by pressing the Jog key for 1 second. The timer is turned ON at points higher than this position. The ON direction can be switched by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. (Timer1) (Timer2) 7,0(5

# 49Common function 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen The servo display/servo test function displays the CH1 to CH10 servo output bar graph and tests servo operation. ŏ7KHVHUYRGLVSOD\IXQFWLRQFDQEHXVHGIRUDVLPSOH

RSHUDWLRQFKHFNRI VXFK IXQFWLRQVDV WKHPL[LQJ IXQFWLRQ ŏ:KHQWKHVHUYRWHVWIXQFWLRQLVWXUQHGRQWKHVHUYR

PRYHV WR WKH OHIWDQG ULJKWDW WKH VHWSHULRG$ YDULDEOH VSHHG/15 OLQHDUPRGHRUÀ[HG VSHHG -03 MXPSPRGHFDQEH VHOHFWHG 7KLVFDQEH XVHG WRFKHFN WKH VHUYRHWF2SHUDWLRQ212)) FDQDOVREHVHOHFWHGIRUHDFKFKDQQHO

"SERVO" 

## SERVO 

# Servo monitor / Servo test (Common)

(Servo Monitor)

● Select the setting item

with the Jog key

. Switching to the servo test screen ● Switch the screen by selecting TEST and operating the jog key to the left and right. ● The servo operating position of each channel is displayed on a bar graph.

(Servo Test) Servo test ON/OFF

Channel Select Screen change ● Where " GRPH " is chosen, a Jog keyis pressed in right or left. Type Select Cycle Select Speed setting ● Operation of a servo test

■ Type/cycle/speed setting 1 Select the setting item (TYPE, CYCL, SPD) with the Jog key and set the item by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

## + - or (Range / Default) TYPE: LNR, JMP / LNR CYCL: 1 ~ 100 / 10 (full speed at 1) SPD: 1 ~ 100 / 7 (full speed at 100) ■ Channel selection 2 Select the channel you want to test with the Jog key and select ACT/INH by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or Selection range: ACT, INH Default: INH (only CH1 is ACT) ■ Servo test start/stop 3 Select the "TEST" item with the Jog key a n d start/stop the servo test by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

.



## + - or Selection range: ON, OFF Default: OFF 

### Servo test Using the servo test will move the servos to their full throw. Do not use this with linkages installed. Using it may damage the servo and linkage.

6(592岜岜   7(67セント



6(592岜岜   *53+セント

ٕ ,1+يٴ7&$ٹ يٴيٴيٴيٴيٴيٴيٴٹ 7<3(セント/15 &<&/セント

63'セント &+セント 7(67セント2)) 

### CAUTION

# 50Common function 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen

(1'32,17   

&+$,/ $,/ (/( 7+5 58' *(5        ڀ ځ ڀ 

### The End Point function adjusts the left and right servo throws, generates differential throws, and will correct improper linkage settings.

ŏ7KH VHUYR WUDYHOFDQEHDGMXVWHG LQGLYLGXDOO\DW

WKHOHIWDQGULJKWVLGHV Servo throw At 100% setting the servo throw of each channel is about 40° for channels 1 to 4 and about 55° for channels 5 to 10. However, the maximum servo travel for channels 5 to 10 is about 110%. *When channels 5 to 8 were mixed by flaperon, differential or ailvator, the throw becomes the same (about 40° ) as channels 1 to 4.

"END POINT"

● Select the channel with the Jog key

. ● T h e s e t t i n g r a t e o f e a c h channel

(Left / Down) rate display (Right / Up) rate display 

## END POINT 

# End point (Common)

1 A channel is chosen by Jog key

.



### Selection range: 1 ~ 10ch 2 Operate the stick or knob of the selected channel fully to the left (down) or right (up) and adjust the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key

.

or 

### Range: 0 ~ 140% Default: 100% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + keyand ‒ keysimultaneously. Adjust the rate of each direction of the stick and VR by repeat ing step 1 . 

### End point < ChannelDisplay > ACROBATIC HELICOPTER GLIDER (AF4) MULTICOPTER 1: AIL (Aileron) 6: FLP (Flap)1: AIL (Aileron) 6: PIT (PITCH) 1: AIL (Aileron) 6: FL2 (Flap2) 1: AIL (Aileron) 6: AUX 2: ELE (Elevator)7: AUX 2: ELE (Elevator)7: AUX 2: ELE (Elevator) 7: AL2 (Aileron2)2 : ELE (Elevator)7: AUX 3: THR (Throttle)8: AUX 3: THR (Throttle)8: AUX 3: MOT (Motor) 8: FL3 (Flap3) 3: THR (Throttle)8: AUX 4: RUD (Rudder)9: AUX 4: RUD (Rudder)9: AUX 4: RUD (Rudder)9: FL4 (Flap4) 4: RUD (Rudder)9: AUX 5: GER (Gear) 10: AUX 5: GYR (GYRO) 10: AUX 5: FLP (Flap) 10: AUX 5: MOD 10: AUX



## + -

# 51Common function 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen

1 Select the RESET item and press the Jog key for 1 second. (1 second)
● A "beep" sounds to indicate that resetting is complete. At this time, the trim position number returns to 0. 

### Trim reset

1 Select the trim you want to set from the STEP item and set the step size by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Range: 1 ~ 40 Default: 4 ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### Trim step Trim Reset This function returns the trim of the model memory in use to the center (initial state). However, at this time, sub trim and trim step amount are not reset. Trim Step The amount of trim change per step can be changed between 1 and 40 according to the aircraft capacity and trim application. Set it to match the application. With ordinary aircraft, a setting of about 2 to 10 should be fine. ,QLWLDOYDOXH

● For example, when the step size is the initial value (4), trim movement from center to end is 30 steps. If the step size is made 40, the trim moves 3 steps. "TRIM"

Trim Reset

Trim step ● Select the item with the Jog key

. ● The numbers in ( ) indicate the current trim position. (The trim operating range is 120 ~ 100[DT5,DT6])

(Trim step rate) 

## TRIM 

# Trim reset / Trim step (Common)

75,0

# 52Common function 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen The Sub-Trim function is used to set the servo neutral position, and may be used to make fine adjustments to the control surface after linkages and pushrods are hooked up. When you begin to set up a model, be sure that the digital trims are set to their center position. Setting precautions If sub trim is too large, the servo operating range may be exceeded at maximum control surface angle and generate a dead band in which the servo does not operate. First connect the linkage so that the amount of sub trim used is held to a minimum.

"SUB TRIM"

● Select the channel with the

Jog key

.
● SUB trim rate of each channel.

SUB trim rate of the selected channel. 

## SUB TRIM 

# Sub trim (Common)

1 A channel is chosen by Jog key

.



### Selection range: (page 1) 1 ~ 5ch (page 2) 6 ~ 10ch 2 Select the SUB trim you want to set from channel item and set the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Range: -120 ~ +120%

Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + keyand ‒ keysimultaneously. 

### Sub trim 68%75,0    $,/ (/( 7+5 58' *(5 &+$,/ 

     ڀ

< ChannelDisplay > ACROBATIC HELICOPTER GLIDER (AF4) MULTICOPTER 1: AIL (Aileron) 6: FLP (Flap)1: AIL (Aileron) 6: PIT (PITCH)1: AIL (Aileron) 6: FL2 (Flap2) 1: AIL (Aileron) 6: AUX 2: ELE (Elevator)7: AUX 2: ELE (Elevator)7: AUX 2: ELE (Elevator) 7: AL2 (Aileron2) 2: ELE (Elevator)7: AUX 3: THR (Throttle)8: AUX 3: THR (Throttle)8: AUX 3: MOT (Motor) 8: FL3 (Flap3) 3: THR (Throttle)8: AUX 4: RUD (Rudder)9: AUX 4: RUD (Rudder)9: AUX 4: RUD (Rudder)9: FL4 (Flap4) 4: RUD (Rudder)9: AUX 5: GER (Gear) 10: AUX 5: GYR (GYRO) 10: AUX 5: FLP (Flap) 10: AUX 5: MOD 10: AUX

# 53Common function 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen P.MIX 1 ~ 4 (normal type) The following functions can be set for programmable mixing 1 to 4: 【Mixing Channel】 ● Use this function by changing the channel because the master c hannel and slave channels initial setting is a temporary combination. ● When OFS was selected as the master channel, the mixing rate s etting applies to slave only. When a mixing rate is set, slave servo operation is offset by that amount. ● A knob (VR) or digital trim (DT5, DT6), as well as a channel, can be selected as the master channel.

【Trim selection】 ● Whether or not mixing includes master channel trim operation c an be selected.

【Mixing reference point change】 ● The master channel mixing reference point can be shifted.

【Switch selection】 ● The programmable mixing ON/OFF switch can be selected. The swi tches that can be selected are switches A to H and the throttle stick. ● The switch operating direction can be set. When a 2 position s witch was selected, up /down can be set, and when a 3 position switch was selected, up/up and down /up / and center/center/center and down /down can be selected. When the throttle stick was selected, the ON/OFF p osition and operation direction can be set. When "NULL" is selected, mixing is always ON. 

### P. MIX 5 ~ 6(curve type) Programmable mix 5 to 6 allows setting of the mixing rate by 5 point curve. OFS and knob/digital trim use and trim selection by normal type master channel setting described above are impossible, but switch selection is possible. 

### Mixing that can independently customize 6 functions can be used. Programmable mixing is used to remove bad tendencies of the aircraft and PDNH RSHUDWLRQ SOHDVDQW ,Q DGGLWLRQWRPL[LQJ between arbitrary channels, this function includes linking (linking with another mix), trim addition, offset, and switch setting functions.

"P.MIX1-6" 

## P.MIX1-6 

# Program mixing 1 ~ 6 (Common)

# 54Common function ■ Calling the setting screen 1 Use the Jog key to select the P.MIX number you want to use. 2 Call the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

. ● P.MIX1 ~ 4 (normal type) ● P.MIX5 ~ 6 (curve type)



### P.MIX Selection (P.MIX 1-6)

to P.MIX1 ~ 4 set up screen to P.MIX5 ~ 6 set up screen 

### (P.MIX1 ~ 4 set up screen) Mixing rate adjustment
Offset
Master CH selection

Slave CH selection Function activation ● When INH is selected, the function cannot be used. When ON or OFF is selected, the function is activated. ON and OFF changes are linked to the switch. Trim ON/OFF Switch selection Switch direction ● Select the item with the Jog key

. (Master CH Current position)

■ Function activation 1 Select the MIX item and select ON or OFF by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● When you do not want to use the function select INH. ■ Master/slave channel selection 2 Select the MASTR channel you want to use by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 3 Select the Slave channel you want to us by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. ● A knob VR or digital trim DT5/DT6, as well as channels 1 to 10, can be specified as the master channel. In addition, when OFS was selected as the master channel, slave servo operation is offset.
■ Mixing rate adjustment 

## + - or 4 Select the RATE item and adjust the mixing rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ keyfor each direction of the stick, etc. selected at the master channel. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ keysimultaneously. (Changing the ON/OFF Switch) ■ ON/OFF Switch selection 1 Select the "SW" item and then select the switch by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

.
or 

### Selection range: SwA ~ SwH、THR ■ Switch ON direction setting 2 Select the "POSI" item and select the switch ON direction by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ● 2P SW: NULL (always ON) , UP, DOWN ● 3P SW: NULL (always ON) , UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN ● THR stick: Hold the stick at the ON/OFF point and set the ON/OFF position by pressing the Jog keyfor 1 second. (If the Jog key is pressed for 1 second when the position was set, it returns to the NULL state.) The switch ON direction can also be selected by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

### P.MIX1 ~ 4


## + - or



## + - or

(1 second) 

## + -

# 55Common function (Changing the mixing reference point) (Including trim operation) ■ Mixing reference point setting (1 second) 1 Select the "OFFST" item and hold the master side stick or knob in the position you want to set and set the new reference point by pressing the Jog key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100%

( THR only 0 ~ 100% ) Default: 0% ■ Trim ON/OFF setting 

## + - or 1 S e l e c t t h e "TRM" i t e m and select ON or OFF by pressing the + key or ‒ key

.



### Range: OFF、ON Default: OFF ● When you do not want to include trim in mixing select OFF.

At the end of setting, check that the mixing function is performed normally. 

### (P.MIX5 ~ 6 set up screen) ● Select the item with the Jog key

.

5Point curve setting ● The set curve is displayed on a graph.

Function activation Master CH select

Slave CH select
Switch selection Switch ON direction ● When INH is selected, the function cannot be used. When ON or OFF is selected, the function is activated. ON and OFF changes are linked to the switch.

Refer to the P.MIX1 ~ 4 setting method described previously for s ettings other than the 5 point curve setting described below. ■ 5point curve setting 

## + - or 1 Select the setting item (P-1 ~ P-5) of each point with the Jog keyand set the amount of movement of each point by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default: 0%

At the end of setting, check that the mixing function is performed normally. 

### P.MIX5 ~ 6 

### CAUTION

CAUTION

# 56Common function 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen Auxiliary channel function (AUX-CH): defines the relationship between the transmitter controls and the receiver output for channels 5-10.

"AUX-CHAN"



## AUX-CHAN 

# AUX Channel (Common)

< AUX Channel Default > ACROBATIC HELICOPTER GLIDER MULTICOPTER CH5 SwG (SwitchG) CH5 SwF (SwitchF) CH5 DT5 (Trim5) CH5 SwE (SwitchE) CH6 VR (Volume) CH6 ---- (PITCH) CH6 SwG (SwitchG) CH6 SwC (SwitchC) CH7 DT5 (Trim5) CH7 SwC (SwitchC) CH7 SwD(SwitchD) CH7 VR (Volume) CH8 DT6 (Trim6) CH8 VR (Volume) CH8 DT6 (Trim6) CH8 DT6 (Trim6) CH9 SwA(SwitchA) CH9 SwA(SwitchA) CH9 SwA(SwitchA) CH9 SwA(SwitchA) CH10 SwD(SwitchD) CH10 SwD(SwitchD) CH10 VR (Volume) CH10 SwD(SwitchD)

1 A channel is chosen by Jog key.



### Selection range: 5 ~ 10ch 2 Select the "SW" item and then select the switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Selection range: NULL, SwA ~ SwH, VR, DT5, DT6 AUX Channel Remember that if you assign primary control of a channel to a switch which you later use for other functions (like dual/triple rates or airbrakes), every time you use that other function you will also be moving the auxiliary channel.

$8;&+$1 &+セント 6Z* &+セント95 &+セント'7 &+セント'7 &+セント6Z$ &+セント6Z'

# 57Common function ACRO

MULTICOPTER GLIDER CH5

CH5 CH5 CH5 CH6

CH6 CH6 CH6 CH7

CH7 CH7 CH9

CH9 CH9 CH9 CH7 CH8

CH8 CH8 CH10

CH10 CH10 CH10 CH8 HELI PITCH SW-G

SW-E SW-C SW-F GYRO

GYRO AIL DIFF

AILERON2 FLAP3 SW-A

SW-A FLAP TRIM VR DT5

VR DT5 SW-G

SW-A VR

DT6 SW-D DT6 SW-C GYRO

GYRO GYRO

GYRO GYRO GYRO GYRO AILVATOR

SW-D

SW-D SW-D ELE2 GOVERNOR

GOVERNOR GOVERNOR PITCH

PITCH THR → NEEDLE

THR → NEEDLE GYRO

GYRO DT6

VR GYRO FLAPERON

SW-A

FLAP1 FLAP2

FLAP4 CAMBR MIX 

### The priority of AUX

higher rank Priority low rank 

# WARNING

Don't assign two or more functions to one channel. Priority may be given to a higher rank function and a low rank function may be canceled.

# 58Common function 

## Function PARAMETER submenu: sets those parameters you would likely set once, and then not disturb again. Once you have selected the correct model you wish to work with, the next step is setting up the SURSHUSDUDPHWHUVIRUWKLVVSHFL¿FPRGHO Data reset (RESET) The present model data is rese t. Data Reset does NOT reset, ATL Trim, TELEMETRY mode, or STK POSI Alarm. 

### Model type(TYPE) SWASH : Only helicopter WING : Only glider MODEL TYPE: sets the type of programming used for this model. The T10J has 30 model memories, which can each support: ● One powered aircraft (ACRO) memory type (with multiple wing and tail configurations. See twin

aileron servos, twin elevator servos, ELEVON, and V-TAIL for fu rther information.) ● Eight helicopter swashplate types, including CCPM. See Helicopt er MODEL TYPE for details. ● If you use CGY750, the swash type should choose H-1. ( Swash t ype is chosen by setup in CGY750. ) ● Five glider wing types. See glider WING TYPE for details. ● Multicopter type. Before doing anything else to set up your aircraft, first you mu st decide which MODEL TYPE best fits this particular aircraft. (Each model memory may be set to a di fferent model type.) If your transmitter is a T10JA, the default is ACRO. If it is a T10JH, the default is HELI(H1). 

### ATL Trim(ATL) Adjustable travel limit (ATL): makes the channel 3 TRIM LEVER ( THROTTLE TRIM) effective only at low throttle, disabling the trim at high throttle. This prevent s pushrod jamming due to idling trim changes. This function defaults to ON. If you are not using cha nnel 3 for throttle, you may want trim operation the same as on all other channels. To do so, set ATL to OFF. If you need the ATL to be effective at the top of the stick instead of the bottom, reverse the THR-REV setting. Note that this affects all models in the radio, not just the model you are curr ently editing. 

### LCD contrast(CONTRAST) Contrast adjustment LCD screen. ● You adjust to legible contrast. set up range -10 ~ +10 

### Back light(BACK-LIT) Back light mode of a LCD screen can be chosen. ● ALWAYS / KEY-ON (Shines for a definite period of time after key operation.) / OFF 

### Light time(LIT-TIME) Sets the length of time the backlight will stay on. ● Set up range 1 ~ 30 

### Light adjustment(LIT-ADJS) Light volume adjustment of a back light. ● Set up range 1 ~ 30 

### Home display (HOME-DSP) Item selection displayed on a home screen ● Futaba logo (Default), USR-NAME , RX BATT, DT5/DT6 , THR/PIT (Case of helicopter, the position of a throttle and pitch.) 

### PARAMETER 

# Parameter function (Common)

# 59Common function 

### Battery alarm(BATT-ALM) Select the battery alarm voltage according to the battery to be used. ● 4 dry cell batteries ⇒ 4.2V DRY4 ● HT5F1800B (NiMH battery) ⇒ 5.0V NiMH5 ● FT2F2100B (Lithium ferrite battery) ⇒ 5.8V LiFe2 

### Battery alarm vibration(BATT VIB) Battery alarm is told with vibration. 

### Buzzer tone (BUZ-TONE) The tone of buzzer sound when a key is pressed. ● Set up range : OFF,1(low) ~ 100(high) 

### Jog key navigation (Jog-NAVI) Blink at the time of Jog key operation, Display of the operatio n direction. 

### Jog light(Jog-LIT) ON/OFF of a Jog key light. 

### Jog light time(Jog-TIME) Time setting in which a Jog key light shines. ● Set up range : 1 ~ 30(s) 

### Telemetry mode setting(TELEMETRY MODE) Sets whether or not telemetry is activated. When using 2 receiv ers with 1 transmitter, select INH. ● Range:ACT / INH 

### Telemetry display units setting(TELEMETRY UNIT) Sets whether the telemetry display is in meters or yards/pounds

. ● Range:METER / YARD (°C / °F) 

### Speech language setting(SPEECH LANGUAGE) Sets the speech language when listening to telemetry informatio n through earphones. ● Range:Japanese (JPN), English (English) 

### Speech volume setting(SPEECH VOLUME) Sets the volume when listening to telemetry information through earphones. ● Range:LOW / HIGH 

### Stick position alarm setting(STK POSI ALRM) Can be set so that an audible alarm sounds once when the thrott le stick reaches the set position.

# 60Common function 

## Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen

1 Call the "RESET" from the PARAMETER by Press the Jog key for 1 second. (1 second)
● Confirmation message "sure?" blinks. 2 Date reset by pressing the Jog key

.

● A confirmation "beep" sounds and "COMPLETE" is displayed on the screen is complete.
For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to confirm your setting changes by pressing the jog key. When "COMPLETE" can be seen, it is the completion of r eset. 

### Date reset

Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly check the Hi and Low directions of the engine or motor used and be careful that they do not suddenly run at full speed. Even after data reset, CH3 is reversed. 

### CAUTION ● Next page 2 ~ 5 page 1

page 2

page 3

page 4
page 5 "PARAMETER"

3$5$0(7(5  
7<3(セント$&52%$7,&

$7/セント210'/ 5(6(7セント ([HFXWH Data reset Model type Swash type Wing type ATLTrim (In the case of a helicopter ) (In the case of a glider )

LCD contrast(CONTRAST) Back light(BACK-LIT) Light time(LIT-TIME) Light adjustment(LIT-ADJS)

Home display (HOME-DSP) Battery alarm(BATT ALM) Battery alarm vibration(BATT VIB) Buzzer tone (BUZ-TONE) Jog key navigation (JOG-NAVI) Jog light(JOG-LIT) Jog light time(JOG-TIME) (TELEMETRY MODE) (TELEMETRY UNIT) (SPEECH LANGUAGE)

(SPEECH VOLUME) Stick position alarm(STK POSI ALRM)

# 61Common function 1 Select the "TYPE" item and then select the model type by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

## + - or ● The new model type is displayed on the screen. 2 Press the Jog key for 1 second. (1 second)
● Confirmation message "sure?" blinks. 3 Model type change by pressing the Jog key

.

● A c o n f i r m a t i o n " b e e p " sounds is complete.

For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to confirm your setting changes by pressing the jog key. If you fail to press t he jog key and see "COMPLETE" on your screen, your changed are not saved. 

### Selection range: ACROBATIC, HELICOPTER,GLIDER,MULTI COPT Model type

1 Select the "SWASH" item and then select the swash type by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

## + - or 2 Press the Jog key for 1 second. (1 second)
● Confirmation message "sure?" blinks. 3 Swash type change by pressing the Jog key

.

● A c o n f i r m a t i o n " b e e p " sounds is complete. For safety, a double setting system is used. You need to confirm your setting changes by pressing the jog key. If you fail to press t he jog key and see "COMPLETE" on your screen, your changed are not saved. 

### Selection range: H-1, HR3, H-3, HE3, HN3, H-2, H-4, H4X

1 Select the "WING" item and then select the swash type by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

## + - or 2 Press the Jog key for 1 second. (1 second)
● Confirmation message "sure?" blinks. 3 Swash type change by pressing the Jog key

.

● A c o n f i r m a t i o n " b e e p " sounds is complete. For safety, a double setting system is used. When a change is c ancelled after the confirmation message is displayed, the change is not m ade when moved to another setting item by Jog key. 

### Selection range: 1AIL, 2AIL, 2A+1F, 2A+2F, 2A+4F Swash type(for Heli)

Wing type(for Glider)

1 Select the "ATL" item and change the mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - Selection range: ON, OFF Default: OFF ATL Trim ON/OFF

or

# 62Common function

1 Select the "HOME-DSP" item and change the mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

● "Futaba" :Display about a Futaba logo. "USR-NAME" :Display about a user name. "DT5/DT6" :Display about the position of DT5 and DT6 "RX BATT" :Display about the receiver battery voltage "THR/PIT" :Display about the position of pitch and throttle. 

### Selection range: Futaba, USR-NAME,DT5/ DT6, RX BATT, THR/PIT(*) Default: Futaba *Only Heli mode can be chosen

about THR/PIT

.

1 Select the "BATT ALM" item and change the numerical value (voltage) by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● AA alkaline batterys ⇒ 4.2V DRY4 ● Futaba HT5F1800B ⇒ 5.0V NiMH5 ● Futaba FT2F2100B ⇒ 5.8V LiFe2 

### Selection range: 4.2V 4.6V 5.0V 5.4V 5.8V 6.2V 6.6V 7.0V 7.4V ■ 

### Back-light mode Select the "BACK-LIT" item and change the mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● "ALWAYS" :always ON "OFF" :always OFF "KEY-ON" :It light on after Key operation. ■ 

### Light-time Select the "LIT-TIME" item and change numerical value (time) by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● It is only a case in "KEY-ON" mode here. ■ 

### Light-adjustment Select the "LIT-ADJ" i t e m and change numerical value (brightness) by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● It is the brightest at 30. 

### Selection range: ALWAYS, OFF, KEY-ON Default: ALWAYS Selection range: 1 ~ 30(s) Default: 10(s) ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### Selection range: 1 ~ 30 Default: 15 ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### Home display

Battery alarm voltage Back-light / Light-time / Light-adjustment

*The voltage drop of a rechargeable battery and a dry cell battery is different. When using a rechargeable battery, always change the voltage. 

## + - 1 Select the "CONTRAST" item and change numerical value (contrast) by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - Selection range: -10 ~ +10 Default: 0 LCD contrast

or

# 63Common function 1 Select the "BATT VIB" item and change the ON or OFF by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● ON ⇒ The battery alarm of a transmitter is told with vibration. 

### Selection range: ON, OFF Battery alarm voltage vibration

1 Select the "BUZ-TONE" item and change the numerical value (tone) by pressing the + key or ‒ key . The higher the numerical value the higher the tone. 

### Buzzer tone Selection range: OFF, 1 ~ 100 ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

## + - or

1 Select the "Jog-NAVI" item and change the mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Selection range: ON,OFF

When NAVI selected 

### Jog key navigation

When a function that only operates in the vertical direction is s e l e c t e d , t h e L E D blinks vertically. W h e n a f u n c t i o n t h a t o p e r a t e s i n t h e v e r t i c a l a n d horizontal directions is selected, the LED blinks vertically and horizontally. flashes when the Jog key was pressed.

1 Select the "Jog-LIT" item and change the mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● "ALWAYS" :The light is always switched on. "KEY-ON" :KEY operation → Light on. "OFF" :Always off. 

### Selection range: ALWAYS, KEY-ON, OFF Default: KEY-ON Jog light

# 64Common function 1 Select the "TELEMETRY-MODE" item and change the mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Selection range: ACT, INH

1 Select the "SPEECH-LANGUAGE" item and change the language by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Selection range: Japanese, English 1 Select the "TELEMETRY-UNIT" item and change the mode by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Selection range: METER, YARD

1 Select the "SPEECH-VOLUME" item and change the volume by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Selection range: HIGH, LOW Telemetry mode

Speech language

Telemetry unit

Speech volume 1 Select the "Jog-TIME" item and change numerical value (time) by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or
● Jog-Lit sets the lighting time when KEY-ON

was set. 

### Selection range: 1 ~ 30 Default: 10 ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### Jog light time

# 65Common function ● Parameter VHWWLQJLVQRW UHVHW+RZHYHU STK POSI ALRM, Telemetry mode DQG WKH A T L trim RQZKLFK (MDL) Z D V  G L V S O D \ H G  D U H UHVHWWDEOH

3$5$0(7(5岜岜岜岜岜岜岜岜  67.326,$/500'/ 02'(セント21 6:セント6Z$ 326,セント'2:1 67,&.セント   

### Stick position alarm An alarm (single beep) can be sounded at the specified throttle stick position. ● Alarm function ON/OFF can be set by switch.

Select "Parameter" Press the Jog key to the side and select page 5. 

### Beep sounds

When the THR stick is set to the specified position.

3$5$0(7(5岜岜岜岜岜岜岜岜 

67.326,$/500'/ 02'(セント 21 6:セント6Z$ 326,セント'2:1 67,&.セント 

### (STK POSI ALRM ) ● Select the item with the Jog key

.

INH ⇔ ON/OFF Switch selsction Switch direction Stick position ● When INH is selected, the function cannot be used. When ON or OFF is selected, the function is activated. ON and OFF changes are linked to the switch. ● The number in parenthesis

is the current throttle stick position.
1 Stick position is chosen by Jog key

. 2 Set the throttle stick to the position at which you want to generate the alarm. 3 When the Jog key is held down the alarm sounds at that position.

M e m o r i z e t h e p o s i t i o n a t which the beep is to sound. THR Stick

# 66Common function 

## Function

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 

## TELEMETRY 

# Telemetry (Common)

This screen displays and sets the various information from the receiver. An alarm and vibration can be generated depending on the information. For example, a drop in the voltage of the receiver battery housed in the aircraft can be reported by an alarm. ● This function can only be used in the T-FHSS Air mode. The S-F HSS system cannot use telemetry. ● Telemetry sensors sold separately can be mounted in the aircra ft to display a variety of information. (Receiver voltage

does not require a sensor.) ● The telemetry function cannot be used if the telemetry mode of the parameters is not ACT. ● When 2 receivers are used with 1 transmitter, the telemetry fu nction cannot be used.

In the initial state, the receiver voltage is displayed at the transmitter.

7(/(0(75<

5(&(,9(5 

5(&(,9(5 (;792/7

 5;%$77 

## Display ● Viewing the receiver voltage.



## RX-BATT

Viewing the receiver voltage . Setting is unnecessary . When menu telemetry is listened to, the voltage appears . Viewing the drive battery voltage . CA-RVIN-700 and wiring work are necessary .
Using various optional

telemetry sensors . Optional telemetry sensors are necessary . T10J setting is unnecessary . Using several telemetry sensors of the same type . Setting by "sensor" in the menu is necessary . (Slot setting is necessary . ) Setting alarms from the telemetry information . Setting by "Telemetry" in the menu is necessary . 

## P.66
P.70
P.74 ~ 82
P.84
P.75 ~ 82

● How to display receiver voltage on a home screen . PARAMETER HOME-DSP "RX BATT" is chosen by + key or - key

. "TELEMETRY"

Receiver voltage display

# 67Common function In the initial state, the receiver voltage maximum and minimum values are displayed in the transmitter. (Value until reset) 

## Display

1 Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry screen with the Jog key

. 2 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.

1 Select "MIN/MAX" from the RX-BATT screen with the Jog key

. 2 Date reset by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

● A confirmation "beep" sounds when complete. 

### Calling the setting screen

MIN/MAX reset ● Viewing the receiver voltage maximum and minimum values.

5;%$77

$/$509,%/,0,7 '1セント,1+セント2))セント9 63((&+セント,1+6:セント18// 9 0,10$; 99



### 'RQRWVWDUHDWRUVHWWKHWUDQVPLWWHUVHWWLQJVFUHHQZKLOHÀ\L QJ
Ŷ /RVLQJVLJKWRIWKHDLUFUDIWGXULQJÀLJKWLVYHU\GDQJHURXV

Ŷ :KHQ\RXZDQWWRFKHFNWKHLQIRUPDWLRQGXULQJÀLJKWFDOOWKHW HOHPHWU\VFUHHQEHIRUHÀLJKWDQGKDYHWKHVFUHHQ

FKHFNHGE\VRPHRQHRWKHUWKDQWKHRSHUDWRU 

# WARNING Receiver voltage MAX Receiver voltage display Receiver voltage MIN

ŏ5HFHLYHU →  7UDQVPLWWHU 7 K H U H F HS W LR Q R I W K H VLJQDOIURPWKHUHFHLYHUWR WKH WUDQVPLWWHU LV VKRZQ 7KLVGRHVQRWDIIHFWÁLJKW

# 68Common function Use this setting to sound an alarm when the receiver battery vo ltage drops dangerously low. VIB (vibration) that vibrates the transmitter at the same time can also be set. 

## Method

1 Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry screen with the Jog key

. 2 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.

1 In the RX-BATT screen state, select (ALARM) from the menu with the Jog key

. 2 Select the "ACT" by pressing the + key or ‒ key.

1 In the RX-BATT screen state, select (LIMIT) 0.0V from the menu with the Jog key

. 2 Select the voltage by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

### Selection range: 3.5V ~ 8.4V
● When you want to set 5.0V, press the

+ key and ‒ key simultaneously. 1 In the RX-BATT screen state, select (VIB) from the menu with the Jog key

. 2 Select the "TYP1 ~ TYP3" by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

### Calling the setting screen

Alarm set

Alarm voltage set Vibration set ● Setting receiver voltage alarm.

5;%$77

$/$509,%/,0,7 '1セント,1+セント2))セント9 63((&+セント,1+6:セント18// 9 0,10$; 99 DN (down) shows than an alarm is generated when the voltage drops below the set voltage.



## + - or



## + - or TYP 1 TYP 2 TYP 3 "VIB" types



## + - or

# 69Common function The receiver voltage can be heard verbally from the transmitter with a commercial earphone (3.5φ plug). The speech function can be turned on and off with the spe cified switch. 

## Method

1 Select "RX-BATT" from the telemetry screen with the Jog key

. 2 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.

1 In the RX-BATT screen state, select (SPEECH) from the menu with the Jog key

. 2 Select the "ACT" by pressing the + key or ‒ key

.

1 In the RX-BATT screen state, select (SW) from the menu with the Jog key

.

In "NULL" , a speech always turns on. 2 Select the switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

### Selection range: NULL, SWA ~ SWH Calling the setting screen

Speech

Switch ● Listening to the receiver voltage by speech.

5;%$77

$/$509,%/,0,7 '1セント,1+セント2))セント9 63((&+セント,1+6:セント18// 9 0,10$; 99

Speech ACT / INH S e l e c t s t h e s w i t c h that turns the speech function on and off.



## + - or



## + - or

ON 2 Position 3 Position OFF

ON OFF OFF

# 70Common function

When connected as shown in the figure, the drive battery voltage is displayed at the transmitter. When connected as shown in the figure, the voltage of the drive battery in the aircraft and another power supply battery can be displayed at the T10J. ● CA-RVIN-700 (external voltage input connector sold separately) is necessary. ● Soldered wiring work is necessary.

7(/(0(75<

5(&(,9(5 

5(&(,9(5 (;792/7

 5;%$77 

## Display ● EXT-Voltage display



## EXT-VOLT

EXT-Voltage display 3RZHU%DWWHU\RU DQRWKHUSRZHUVXSSO\ IRUVHUYRV 

### ZLWKH[WHUQDOSRZHU LQSXWPXVWEHOHVVWKDQ 9 7R 0RWRU&RQWUROOHU RU6HUYR %UDQFK )XVH %ODFNOLQH
5HGOLQH ([WUD9ROWDJH 3RUW

56%

&$59,1

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen "TELEMETRY"

# 71Common function In the initial state, the EXT-voltage maximum and minimum value s are displayed at the transmitter. (Value until reset)

1 S e l e c t "EXT-VOLT" f r o m t h e telemetry screen with the Jog key

. 2 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.

1 In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select (MIN/MAX) from the menu with the Jog key

. 2 Date reset by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

● A confirmation "beep" sounds is complete. 

### Calling the setting screen

MIN/MAX reset ● EXT-Voltage MIN/MAX

(;792/7

$/$509,%/,0,7 '1セント,1+セント2))セント9 63((&+セント,1+6:セント18// 9 0,10$; 99 EXT-Voltage MIN EXT-Voltage MAX EXT-Voltage display

# 72Common function This setting will sound an alarm when the EXT-voltage drops dan gerously low. VIB (vibration) that vibrates the transmitter at the same time can also be set. 

## Method

1 S e l e c t "EXT-VOLT" f r o m t h e telemetry screen with the Jog key

. 2 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.

1 In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select (ALARM) from the menu with the Jog key

. 2 Select the "ACT" by pressing the + key or ‒ key

.

1 In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select (LIMIT) from the menu with the Jog key

. 2 Select the voltage by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

### Selection range: 0.0V ~ 70.0V
● When you want to set 5.0V, press the

+ key and ‒ key simultaneously. 1 In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select (VIB) from the menu with the Jog key

. 2 Select the "TYP1 ~ TYP3" by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

### Calling the setting screen

Alarm set

Alarm voltage set Vibration set ● EXT-Voltage alarm set up

(;792/7

$/$509,%/,0,7 '1セント,1+セント2))セント9 63((&+セント,1+6:セント18// 9 0,10$; 99



## + - or



## + - or



## + - or TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 "VIB" types

If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning. DN (down) shows than an alarm is generated when the voltage drops below the set voltage.

# 73Common function (;792/7

$/$509,%/,0,7 '1セント,1+セント2))セント9 63((&+セント,1+6:セント18// 9 0,10$; 99 The EXT- voltage can be heard verbally from the transmitter wit h a commercial earphone (3.5mm plug). The speech function can be turned on and off with the spe cified switch. 

## Method

1 S e l e c t "EXT-VOLT" f r o m t h e telemetry screen with the Jog key

. 2 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.

1 In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select (SPEECH) from the menu with the Jog key

. 2 Select the "ACT" by pressing the + key or ‒ key

.

1 In the EXT-VOLT screen state, select (SW) from the menu with the Jog key

.

In "NULL" , a speech always turns on. 2 Select the switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

### Selection range: NULL, SWA ~ SWH Calling the setting screen

Speech

Switch set ● Listening to the EXT-voltage by speech.

Speech ON/OFF Switch selection



## + - or



## + - or

ON 2 Position 3 Position OFF

ON OFF OFF Speech ACT / INH

# 74Common function 

### Various telemetry sensors (sold separately) are connectable to the S.BUS2 port of the R3008SB through a 3-way hub and relay terminals. The information of sensors connected at initialization can be viewed as long as 2 or more of the same kind of sensor are not used (for example, 2 temperature sensors). ● Sensors that can be used with the T10J: Futaba SBS-01T, SBS-01 RM, SBS-01RO, SBS-01A, SBS-01V, SBS-01G ● Robbe sensors that can be used with the T10J: Robbe TEMP125, G PS-1675, VARIO-1712, VARIO-1672, CURR-1678 *Futaba does not sell Robbe sensor.

Sensor information can be viewed by calling telemetry from the menu and calling the connected sensor display page. The detailed setting screen of that sensor can be called by selecting and pressing the sensor you want to select with the Jog key. ● Refer to the receiver battery (RX-BATT) item for a description of key operation. 

## Various telemetry sensors (optional) information display and al arm setting

Method Sensor Connection

7(/(0(75<  

5(&(,9(5 

5(&(,9(5 (;792/7

 5;%$77 6%67  7(03

6%6502 USP 530

7(/(0(75<  

5(&(,9(5 

5(&(,9(5 (;792/7

 5;%$77 6%67   7(03

6%6502 USP 530 1 Select "TELEMETRY" from the menu with the Jog key

.

2 The sensor item of your choice is chosen by Jog key , and Jog keyis pressed.

Sensor set up 

### +8%

+8% +8%

5HIHUWRWKHPDQXDORIHDFKVHQVRUIRUWKH PRXQWLQJLQVWUXFWLRQWRWKHPRGHORIVHQVRU 

### *366HQVRU 9ROWDJH6HQVRU $OWLWXGH6HQVRU HQVRU6كPDJQHWق530 HQVRU6كRSWLFVق530 7(036HQVRU 6%67

6%6$
6%69

6%6* 6%650
6%652 6%86 &RQQHFWRU

# 75Common function 

## TEMP : Display of SBS-01T(Option), and alarm setup

7(03 $/$509,%/,0,7 83セント,1+セント2))セント岜٦ '1セント,1+セント2))セント٦ 63((&+セント,1+6:セント18// ٦ ٦٦ 0,10$;

ON 2 Position 3 Position OFF

ON OFF OFF 

### TEMP is a screen which displays/sets up the temperature information from an optional temperature sensor. The temperature of the model (engine, motor, EDWWHU\HWFZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHGLVSOD\HG ,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ alarm and/or vibration will alert you. ● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY UNIT" of "PARAMETER"

.

ŏ6HOHFW>7(03@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZE\SUHVV WKH-RJ NH\ ŏ7HPSHUDWXUH ŏ7KHPD[LPXPDQGWKHPLQLPXP ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXP date reset by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

ŏ'1ZLOOVKRZWKDWDQ DODUPZLOO VWDUWZKHQ W K H  W H P S H U D W X U H GURSVEHORZ WKH VHW YDOXH ŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H WHPSHUDWXUH WKURXJKDQ HDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\ DFWLYDWLQJ WKH 6SHHFK IXQFWLRQ ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ ŏ 83ZLOO VKRZ WKDWDQ DODUPZLOO VWDUWZKHQ WKHWHPSHUDWXUHULVHV DERYHWKHVHWYDOXH



### Alert set : Hot warning 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/(57LWHP 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP $MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\  ,QLWLDOYDOXH °C  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH °C a °C 83/,0,7 ≧ '1/,0,7 *When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the

initial value. 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\ 

### $OHUWVHW/RZWHPSHUDWXUHZDUQLQJ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP $MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\  ,QLWLDOYDOXH °C  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH °C a °C 83/,0,7 ≧ '1/,0,7 *When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the

initial value. 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\ TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 "VIB" type

If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning. 

### *A temperature sensor must be installed in the aircraft.

# 76Common function 

## R.P.M : Display of SBS-01RM/RO(Option), and alarm setup

ON

2 Position 3 Position OFF

ON OFF OFF 530 $/$509,%/,0,7 83セント,1+セント2))セント '1セント,1+セント2))セント 7<3(セント237),1セント 63((&+セント,1+6:セント18// USP USP 0$;

ŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H

530 GD WD WK URXJK DQ HD USKRQH R U KHDGVHW E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK IXQFWLRQ ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 "VIB" type

If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning. 

### RPM is a screen which displays / sets up the RPM information from an optional RPM sensor. The RPM of the model (engine, motor, etc.) ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHVKRZQ ,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ alarm and/or vibration will alert you.
ŏ6HOHFW >530@LQ WKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQ DQGDFFHVV WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ EHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\ ŏ530 ŏ 7 K H  P D [ L P X P  Z K H Q SRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ

ŏ0$*0$*1(7,&RU237

237,&$/LVVHWDFFRUGLQJ WRWKHVHQVRU\RXXVH

6%6500$*1(7,& 6%652237,&$/ ŏ'1,QGLFDWHVWKDWWKH

DODUPZLOO VWDUWZKHQ WKH 530 IDOOV EHORZ WKHVHWYDOXH ŏ83,QGLFDWHV WKDW WKH

DODUPZLOO VWDUWZKHQ WKH 530 ULVHV DERYH WKHVHWYDOXH



### $OHUWVHW2YHUURWDWLRQV 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/(57LWHP 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP $MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\  ,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP 83/,0,7 ≧ '1/,0,7 *When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the

initial value. 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\ 

### Alert set : Under rotations 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP $MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\  ,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP 83/,0,7 ≧ '1/,0,7 *When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the

initial value. 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\ ŏ,Q 0$*1(7,& WKH JHDU UDWLR

RI \RXUHQJLQH PRWRU \RXDUH XVLQJLVHQWHUHG ŏ,Q 237,&$/  WKH QXPEH U R I

EODGHV),1RIWKHSURSHOOHUUR WRU\RXUPRGHOLVHQWHUHG 

### *A RPM sensor must be installed in the aircraft.

ŏ0D[LPXP dat e r e s e t b y pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

# 77Common function

ŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H

$OWLWXGHGDWDWKURXJKDQ HD USKRQH R U KHDGVHW E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK IXQFWLRQ $/7,78'( $/$509,%/,0,7 83セント,1+セント2))セント岜 '1セント,1+セント2))セント 5()(5(1&(セント(;(& 63((&+セント,1+6:セント18// P  0,10$; 

### $/7,78'(LVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXS the altitude information from an optional altitude sensor or GPS sensor. The altitude of the model ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHNQRZQ,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHU (low) than preset altitude, you can be told by alarm. To show warning by vibration can also be chosen. Data when a power supply is turned on shall be 0 m, and it displays the altitude which changed from there. Even if the altitude of an airfield is high, that shall be 0 m and the altitude difference from DQDLU¿HOGLVGLVSOD\HG7KLVVHQVRUFDOFXODWHVWKH altitude from atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric pressure will get lower as you go up in altitude, using this the sensor will estimate the altitude. Please understand that an exact advanced display cannot be performed if atmospheric pressure changes in a weather situation. ● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY

UNIT" of "PARAMETER"

. ŏ6HOHFW >$/7,78'(@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV

WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\ ŏ$OWLWXGH ŏ7KHPD[LPXPDQG WKHPLQLPXP ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ

ŏ  ' 1  L QG L FD W H V W K H

DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ WKH DOWLWXGH UHDFKHV EHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXH ŏ  8 3  L Q G L F D W H V  W K H

DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ WKH DOWLWXGH UHDFKHV DERYH\RXUVHWYDOXH



### )LUVWWKHVHWRIDUHIHUHQFHLVUHTXLUHG 7KHPRGHO DQG WUDQVPLWWHU WR ZKLFK WKH DOWLWXGHVHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5()(5(1&(@RI(;(& LWHP 3UHVVWKH-RJNH\VRUPRUHSUHVV *Atmospheric pressure is changed according to the weather also DWWKHVDPHDLU¿HOG<RXVKRXOGSUHVHWEHIRUHDÀLJKW 

### Alert set : High side 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/(57LWHP 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP $MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\  ,QLWLDOYDOXHP  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaP 83/,0,7 ≧ '1/,0,7 *When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the

initial value. 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\ 

### Alert set : Low side 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP $MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\  ,QLWLDOYDOXHP  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaP 83/,0,7 ≧ '1/,0,7 *When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the

initial value. 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\ 

### *An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the airc raft. 

## ALTITUDE : Display of SBS-01A / SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setu p

ON

2 Position 3 Position OFF

ON OFF OFF ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 "VIB" type

If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning. ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXPGDWH UHVHW

E\SUHVVLQJWKH Jog key IRUVHFRQG

# 78Common function 9$5,2
$/$509,%/,0,7 83セント,1+セント2))セント岜 '1セント,1+セント2))セント 63((&+セント,1+6:セント18// PV  0,10$; 

### 9$5,2LVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXSWKH variometer information from an optional altitude sensor or GPS sensor. 7KHYDULRPHWHURIWKHPRGHOZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQ be known. ,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ alarm and/or vibration will alert you. ● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY UNIT" of "PARAMETER"

.

ŏ6HOHFW>9$5,2@LQWKH7(/(0(75<VFUHHQDQGDFFHVVWKH

VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\

ŏ  ' 1  L QG L FD W H V W K H

DODUP ZLOO VWDUW ZKHQ W K H  Y D U L R  U H D F K H V EHORZ\RXUVHWYDOXH ŏ83LQGLFDWHVWKHDODUP

Z L O O V WD U W Z KH Q W KH YDULR UHDFKHV DERYH \RXUVHWYDOXH



### Alert set : Rise side 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/(57LWHP 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP $MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\  ,QLWLDOYDOXHPV  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPV 83/,0,7 ≧ '1/,0,7 *When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the

initial value. 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\ 

### Alert set : Low side 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP $MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\  ,QLWLDOYDOXHPV  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPV 83/,0,7 ≧ '1/,0,7 *When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the

initial value. 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\ 

### *An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the airc raft.

ŏ9DULRPHWHU 

## VARIO : Display of SBS-01A / SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup

ON

2 Position 3 Position OFF

ON OFF OFF ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 "VIB" type

If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

ŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H

9DULR GDWD WKURXJK DQ HD USKRQH R U KHDGVHW E\$FWLYDWLQJWKH6SHHFK IXQFWLRQ ŏ7KH PD[LPXP DQG WKH PLQLPXP ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXP date reset by

pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

# 79Common function 

### The Distance screen displays and sets altitude data from an SBS-01G GPS Sensor (sold separately), and allows the distance to the airborne aircraft to be read by the transmitter. When the aircraft flies inside or outside the set distance an alarm and vibration alerts the pilot. ● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY

UNIT" of "PARAMETER"

.

',67$1&(   
$/$509,%/,0,7 83セント,1+セント2))セントP '1セント,1+セント2))セントP 63((&+セント,1+6:セント18// 5()(5(1&(セント(;(& P P 0$; * *Positioning time of GPS

A short time is required until the positioning of the GPS is established. In the meantime, don't move the model during this process. Wait until the GPS sensor's LED turns solid green. If it is blinking green it is still acquiring the satellites signals.

ŏ6HOHFW >',67$1&(@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV

WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\ ŏ&XUUHQWGLVWDQFH ŏ 7 K L V  L Q G L F D W H V  0 D [ L P X P

'LVWDQFHWKHDLUFUDIWÁHZWR

ŏ7KH '1 DQ DODUP LV

JHQHUDWHGZKHQ WKH GLVWDQFHGURSVEHORZ WKHVHWYDOXH ŏ7KH 83 DQ DODUP LV

J H Q H U D W H G  Z K H Q W K H  V H W  Y D O X H  L V H[FHHGHG



### 6HWWLQJWKHUHIHUHQFHSRVLWLRQ 7XUQRQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHUDQG WKHPRGHOZLWK WKH*36VHQVRULQVWDOOHGLQLW :DLW IRU WKH *36 DFFXUDF\ LQGLFDWRU WR

GLVSOD\WKUHHEDUV 0RYH WKHFXUVRU WR5()(5(1&( >(;(&@DQG SUHVV WKH-RJNH\ VRUPRUHSUHVV    7KH PRGHOVFXUUHQWSRVLWLRQLVQRZVWRUHGDQGWKH GLVWDQFHLVVHWWRP *Now, the position of the present model was set to 0 m. 

### Setting a "too far" alert distance 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/(57LWHP 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP $MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\  ,QLWLDOYDOXHP  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaP 83/,0,7 ≧ '1/,0,7 *When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the

initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\ 

### Setting a "too close" alert distance. 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP $MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\  ,QLWLDOYDOXHP  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaP 83/,0,7 ≧ '1/,0,7 *When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the

initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\ ŏ7KLVLQGLFDWHV WKH UHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\ IURPD*36VDWHOOLWH:K HQ

WKUHH EDUV DUH GLVSOD\HG WKH*36 LV UHDG\ IRU XVH  3XVKLQJ >5()(5(1&(@VHWVWKHFXUUHQWDLUFUDIWSRVLWLRQDVWKHVWDUWLQJ SRLQW 

### *An GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft. 

## DISTANCE : Display of SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup

ON

2 Position 3 Position OFF

ON OFF OFF ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 "VIB" type

If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

ŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H

'LVWDQFH GDWD WKURXJK DQHDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHW E\$FWLYDWLQJ WKH6SHHFK IXQFWLRQ ŏ 0 D [ L P X P  G D W H  U H V H W  E \ SUHVVLQJ WKH Jog key  IR U  VHFRQG

# 80Common function ',67$1&(   02'(セント685)$&(

326,7,21 1 b岜岜 b岜岜 ( * ● 2nd page of [ DISTANCE ]

ŏ-RJNH\SUHVVDVLGHPDGHSDJH

ŏ&XUUHQWSRVLWLRQGLVSOD\ 11RUWKODWLWXGH((DVWORQJLWXGH 66RXWKODWLWXGH::HVWORQJLWXGH



## SURFACE Altitude SLANT ŏ $ O W L W X G H  F D O F X O D W H G

DVHLWKHUVWUDLJKW O LQH GLVWDQFH VODQWRU VXUIDFH GLVWDQFH RQ DPDS FDQ DOVREHVHOHFWHG



### 7ZRGLVWDQFHFDOFXODWLRQPHWKRGVDUHDYDLODEOH 6XUIDFHVWUDLJKWOLQHGLVWDQFHDQG6ODQWPD\ EHVHOHFWHG 6HOHFWSDJHE\-RJNH\SUHVVVLGHIURPWKH ',67$1&(VFUHHQ 6HOHFW6/$17!685)$&(!QH[W WR 02'( SUHVVWKHNH\ ŏ6HOHFW >',67$1&(@LQ WKH7(/(0(75< VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV

WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\

# 81Common function 63(('
$/$509,%/,0,7 83セント,1+セント2))セント岜 '1セント,1+セント2))セント 63((&+セント,1+6:セント18// NPK NPK 0$; ڼ

*Speed alarm precaution

Since the GPS speed sensor displays the ground speed, it cannot be used as a stall alarm. For example, an aircraft that stalls at 50km/h will stall if the ta ilwind is 5km/h or greater even through 55km/h is displayed by ground speed. In addition, with an aircr aft that will disintegrate in midflight at 400km/h at an over-s peed alarm, when the headwind r eaches 30km/h the airplane will disintegrate in midair due to over speeding even at a ground sp eed of 370km/h. 

### The speed screen displays and sets the speed data from an SBS-01G (GPS sensor) sold separately. The speed of the aircraft during flight can be displayed. After flight, the maximum speed during flight can be viewed. Because this speed is based on position data from a GPS satellite, the ground speed is displayed instead of air speed. Consequently, with a head wind, the displayed speed decreases *Positioning time of GPS A short time is required until the positioning of the GPS is established. In the meantime, don't move the model during this process. Wait until the GPS sensor's LED turns solid green. If it is blinking green it is still acquiring the satellites signals.

ŏ6HOHFW >63(('@ LQ WKH7(/(0(75< VFUHHQDQGDFFHVV WKH

VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH-RJNH\ ŏ&XUUHQWVSHHG ŏ7KLVLQGLFDWHV0D[LPXPVSHHGWKH

DLUFUDIWÁHZWR

ŏ7KH'1WKDWDQDODUP

LV JHQH UD WHG ZKHQ W K H  V S H H G  G U R S V EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH ŏ7KH83WKDWDQDODUP

LV JHQHUDWHG ZKHQ W K H  V H W  Y D O X H  L V H[FHHGHG



### $OHUWVHWWLQJZKHQVSHHGLQFUHDVHV 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83$/(57LWHP 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP $MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\  ,QLWLDOYDOXHNPK  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaNPK 83/,0,7 ≧ '1/,0,7 *When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the

initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\ 

### $OHUWVHWWLQJZKHQVSHHGGHFUHDVHV 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH83/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP $MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\  ,QLWLDOYDOXHNPK  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaNPK 83/,0,7 ≧ '1/,0,7 *When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the

initial value. *This alarm is started once a model becomes more than setting

speed.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\ ŏ7KLVLQGLFDWHV WKH UHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\ IURPD*36VDWHOOLWH:K HQ

WKUHHEDUVDUHGLVSOD\HG WKH*36LV UHDG\ IRUXVH6SHHGLVQR W GLVSOD\HGZKHQUHFHLYLQJDFFXUDF\LVEDG 

### *An GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft. 

## SPEED : Display of SBS-01G(Option), and alarm setup

ON

2 Position 3 Position OFF

ON OFF OFF ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 "VIB" type

If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning. 

### and with a tail wind, the displayed speed increases. ● Conversion of a display unit is performed by "TELEMETRY

UNIT" of "PARAMETER"

.

ŏ < R X  F D Q  K H D U  W K H

6SHHG GDWD WKURXJK DQ HDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\ $F WLYD WLQJ WKH 6SHHFK IXQFWLRQ ŏ0D[LPXPGDWH UHVHWE\SUHVVLQJ WKH Jog key IRUVHFRQG

# 82Common function ŏ%DWWHU\YROWDJH

ŏ(;7YROWDJH 

### *SBS-01V must be installed in the aircraft. 

## BATTERY / EXT-VOLT: Display of SBS-01V(Option), and alarm setup

%$77(5<

$/$509,%/,0,7 '1セント,1+セント2))セント9 63((&+セント,1+6:セント18// 9 0,10$; 99

(;792/7

$/$509,%/,0,7 '1セント,1+セント2))セント9 63((&+セント,1+6:セント18// 9 0,10$; 99 ON

2 Position 3 Position OFF

ON OFF OFF

ON

2 Position 3 Position OFF

ON OFF OFF 

### ,QWKLVVFUHHQWKHEDWWHU\YROWDJHLVGLVSOD\HG ,Q RUGHUWR XVHWKLV IXQFWLRQLWLV QHFHVVDU\WR connect of R3008SB ⇔ SBS-01V ⇔ Battery SBS-01V measures two batteries. The drivebattery connected to two lines is displayed on EXTVOLT. The battery for receivers connected to 3P lines is displayed here. ŏ6HOHFW >%$77(5<@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQ DQG

DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH -RJNH\

ŏ6HOHFW >(;792/7@ LQ WKH 7(/(0(75< VFUHHQDQG

DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVWKH -RJNH\ ŏ'1ZLOO VKRZ WKDWDQ

DODUPZLOO VWDUWZKHQ WKH (;7 92/7 G URSV EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH

ŏ'1ZLOO VKRZ WKDWDQ

DODUPZLOO VWDUWZKHQ WKH (;7 92/7 G URSV EHORZWKHVHWYDOXH ŏ<RX FDQ KHD U WKH %D W WH U\

GDWD WKURXJKDQHDUSKRQHRU KHDGVHW  E\ $FWLYDWLQJ WKH 6SHHFKIXQFWLRQ

ŏ<RX FDQ KHDU WKH ([WUD

9ROWDJHGDWD WKURXJKDQ HDUSKRQHRUKHDGVHWE\ $F WLYD WLQJ WKH 6SHHFK IXQFWLRQ ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ

ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ



### $OHUWVHW/RZWHPSHUDWXUHZDUQLQJ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1$/(57LWHP 6HOHFWWKH$&7PRGHE\SUHVVWKHNH\ 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH'1/,0,7>YDOXH@LWHP $MXVWWKHUDWHE\SUHVVWKHNH\  ,QLWLDOYDOXH9 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa9%$77(5<  $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa9(;792/7 *When the + - key simultaneous press, the rate is reset to the

initial value.

7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXWDQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHWRXFKWKH(1'NH\ TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 "VIB" type

If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning.

TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 "VIB" type

If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning. ŏ7KHPD[LPXPDQG WKHPLQLPXP

ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXP date reset by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

ŏ7KHPD[LPXPDQG WKHPLQLPXP

ZKHQSRZHULQJ21DUHVKRZQ ŏ0D[LPXPDQGPLQLPXP date reset by pressing the Jog key for 1 second.

# 83Common function 

## Function SENSOR 

# Sensor Slot (Common)

This screen registers the telemetry sensors used with the transmitter. When only one of a certain type of sensor is used, this setting is unnecessary and the sensor can be used by simply connecting it to the S.BUS2 port of the transmitter. When using 2 or more of the same kind of sensor, they must be registered here.
[What is a slot?] 6HUYRVDUHFODVVL¿HGE\&+EXW sensors DUHFODVVL¿HGLQXQLWVFDOOHG "slot" . There are slots from No. 1 to No. 31

. $OWLWXGHVHQVRUV*36VHQVRUV and other data sensor units may use PXOWLSOHVORWV

. Using a sensor which uses two or more slots, the required number of slots is automatically assigned by setting up a start slot

. When 2 or more of the same kind of sensor are used, the sensors themselves must allocate unused slots and memorize that slot.

Sensor The required number of slots The number which can be used as a start slot Selling area TEMP(SBS-01T) 1 slot 1 ~ 31

GlobalRPM(SBS01RM,SBS01RO) 1 slot 1 ~ 31 Voltage(SBS-01V) 2 slot 1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20 ,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30 Altitude(SBS-01A) 3 slot 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21,24 ,25,26,27,28,29 GPS(SBS-01G) 8 slot 8,16,24 TEMP125-F1713 1 slot 1 ~ 31

Europe

VARIO-F1712 2 slot 1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20 ,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30 VARIO-F1672 2 slot 1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19,20 ,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30 CURR-F1678 3 slot 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21,24 ,25,26,27,28,29 GPS-F1675 8 slot 8,16,24 

### < Assignable slot > *Altimeter, GPS, and other sensors that display a large amount of data require multiple slots. *Depending on the type of sensor, the slot numbers that can be allocated may be limited. ● The "SENSOR" of a menu is chosen, and Jog key press.

● Slot number ● 3 slots SBS-01A is used. ● 8 slots SBS-01G is used. ● SensorID:When multiple sensors of the same type are not used, ID is unnecessary. ● Jog key presses side and makes it 2 pages.

6(16256/27  

セント6%67 セント6%6$ 6%6$ 6%6$ セント6%69




 セント6%6502 6(16256/27   6%69 6%6* 6%6* 6%6* 6%6*

セント6%6*

# 84Common function

6(16256/27   セント6%67 セント6%6$ 6%6$ 6%6$ セント6%69




 セント6%6502 

### 7KLVIXQFWLRQUHJLVWHUVDQDGGLWLRQDOVHQVRU&RQQHFWWKHVHQVR UDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDQGUHJLVWHULWE\ WKHIROORZLQJSURFHGXUH7KHVHQVRU,'LVUHJLVWHUHGLQWKHWUD QVPLWWHU



## Method ● REGISTER(When using multiple telemetry sensors of the same typ e.)



## Sensor connect

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second)

6(16256/27  ,1+%,7 セント5(*,67(5 セント6(166/27 セント,1,7,$/,=( セント$//&/($5

1 "REGISTER" in SENSOR SLOT page 6 is chosen by Jog key

. 2 Press the Jog key for 1 second. 3 Press the Jog key

.

● A confirmation "beep" sounds when complete. 

### Sensor register

● "COMU-ERROR" : When the number of slots needed in registration is insufficient, an error is displayed and registration cannot be performed. Hub

T10J Receiver battery

Connect a sensor to add 

### Sensor

"SENSOR" 

### Calling the setting screen

● Confirmation message "sure?" blinks. 4 Jog key presses side

and makes it 6pages.

Left 1 -time press or Right 10

- time press

# 85Common function 

### This procedure changes the slot number of one registered sensor. ● SENS SLOT



## Sensor connection

Hub

T10J Receiver battery

Connect a sensor to add 

### Sensor

1 "SENS SLOT" in SENSOR SLOT page 6 is chosen by Jog key

. 2 Jog keypress.



### Calling the setting screen

6(16256/276(77,1* 5($' 岜岜岜ڀٮٮ 67$576/27 ٮٮ 7+*1)6/27/ ٮٮٮٮٮ ', 7<3( 岜岜岜岜ٕٕٕٕ

● Once the sensor is read correctly, the Sensor ID will be displayed ● READ is chosen and Jog

keyis pressed → "sure?" → Jog keyis pressed. ● Number is chosen, Input a number by the + key or - key

. ● "COMU-ERROR" when reading goes wrong. *Referred to 

### < Assignable slot >

# 86Common function 

### This function returns the slot setting and alarm setting of each sensor to their initial value (shipped state). Various sensors can be used one by one. *The slot number memorized at each sensor cannot be initialized

. 

### ● INITIALIZE

6(16256/27  

セント6%67 セント6%6$ 6%6$ 6%6$ セント6%69




 セント6%6502 1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second)

6(16256/27  ,1+%,7 セント5(*,67(5 セント6(166/27 セント,1,7,$/,=( セント$//&/($5 4 Jog key presses side and makes it 6 pages "SENSOR" 

### Calling the setting screen

1 "INITIALIZE" in SENSOR SLOT page 6 is chosen by Jog key

. 2 Press the Jog key for 1 second. 3 Press the Jog key

.

● The initialization is done when "COMPLETE" is shown. 

### Initialize

● Confirmation message "sure?" blinks.

Left 1 -time press or Right 10

- time press

# 87Common function 

### 7KLVIXQFWLRQVHWVDOOWKHVORWVWR,1+6HQVRUVFDQQRWEHXVHG HYHQLIFRQQHFWHGWRWKHUHFHLYHU$OOWKH alarm settings of each sensor are also cleared. *The slot number memorized at each sensor is not initialized. 

### ● ALL CLEAR

6(16256/27  

セント6%67 セント6%6$ 6%6$ 6%6$ セント6%69




 セント6%6502 1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second)

6(16256/27  ,1+%,7 セント5(*,67(5 セント6(166/27 セント,1,7,$/,=( セント$//&/($5 from the menu with the Jog key

.

4 Jog key presses side and makes it 6 pages

Left 1 -time press or Right 10

- time press

"SENSOR" 

### Calling the setting screen

1 "ALL CLEAR" in SENSOR SLOT page 6 is chosen by Jog key

. 2 Press the Jog key for 1 second. 3 Press the Jog key

.

● The clearing is done when "COMPLETE" is shown. 

### All clear

● Confirmation message "sure?" blinks.

# 88Common function 

### $VORWQXPEHUFDQEHDVVLJQHGZLWKRXWFRQQHFWLQJWKHVHQVRUWR WKHWUDQVPLWWHU ,QDPDQXDOVHWLWLV required to store a start slot number in a sensor. ● Manually assigning a sensor slot number

6(16256/27  

セント6%67 セント6%6$ 6%6$ 6%6$ セント6%69




 セント6%6502 1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second)

6(16256/27   6%6* 6%6*  ,1+,%,7 ,1+,%,7 ,1+,%,7 6%6* from the menu with the Jog key

.

4 Jog key is pressed in a side and it searches for an empty slot. (INHIBIT). "SENSOR" 

### Calling the setting screen

1 When an INHIBIT slot is selected and the Jog key is pressed, a list of sensors that can be assigned to that slot is displayed.

*Refer to the <Assignable slots> table. 2 Select the sensor you want to assign and press the Jog key

. 3 Press the END key

. 

### Assignment of slot



## END

# 89Common function 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen

5 "READ" is chosen by Jog key , Press the Jog key for 1 second. 6 READ is completed and the item in which data of S.BUS servo and a setup are possible is displayed. * "COMU-ERROR" :

It is failure of READ. Check a servo and connection. 7 S.BUS servo is set up. 8 "WRITE" is chosen and Jog key is pressed for 1 second.

T h e w r i t i n g i s d o n e w h e n "COMPLETE" is shown. 

### S.BUS Servo setting 

## SBUS LINK 

# S.BUS servo link (Common)

An S.BUS servo can memorize the channel and various settings you input. Servo setting can be performed on the T10J screen by wiring the servo DVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH * With some S.BUS(2) servos, there are some functions with FDQQRW EH XVHG ,ID IXQFWLRQFDQQRW EH XVHGWKH GLVSOD\ screen will change. (Only the function which can be used by a servo is displayed.) $IWHUUHDGLQJFRPSOHWLRQZLWKFRQQHFWLRQRIWKHDERYH¿JXUH if a stick is moved, the test of operation of the servo can be operated and carried out.

"SBUS LINK"

S.BUS/ S.BUS2 Servo HUB

T10J Receiver battery 6%866;

3/($6('2127<(7 &211(&7$6(592 02'(,1 6%866;  12/,1. 5($'



# Next page S.BUS servo function ● 

### 'RQ
WFRQQHFWDVHUYRXQWLO "MODE IN". Ŷ2WKHUZLVHDVHUYRZLOOYLEUDWHDQG

EUHDNGRZQ 

# CAUTION 4 Press the Jog key for 1 second.

5 Connect a S.BUS servo to set up. (1 second)

# 90Common function 

## S.BUS Servo Description of function of each parameter *There are a function which can be used according to the kind o f servo, and an impossible function. • ID Displays the ID of the servo whose parameters are to be read. I t cannot be changed. • Channel Channel of the S.BUS system assigned to the servo. Always assig n a channel before use. • Reverse The direction in which the servo rotates can be changed. • Servo type When "Retractable" is selected and the servo has been continuou sly stopped for 30 seconds, the dead band expands and unnecessary hold current due to external force is eliminated. When a new control signal enters, normal operation is resumed. When using the serv o as a landing gear servo, select "Retractable". Also adjust the servo travel to match the landin g gear movement range. • Soft Start Restricts operation in the specified direction the instant the p ower is turned on. By using this setting, the first initial movement when the power is turned on slowly moves the servo to the specified position. • Stop Mode The state of the servo when the servo input signal is lost can be specified. The "Hold" mode setting holds the servo in its last commanded position even if using AM or FM system. • Smoother This function changes smoothness of the servo operation relativ e to stick movement changes. Smooth setting is used for normal flight. Select the "OFF" mode when qu ick operation is necessary such as 3D. • Neutral Offset The neutral position can be changed. When the neutral offset is large value, the servo's range of travel is restricted on one side. • Speed Control Speeds can be matched by specifying the operating speed. The sp eed of multiple servos can be matched without being affected by motor fluctuations. This is effective for load torques below the maximum torque. However, note that the maximum speed will not be exceed what th e servo is capable of even if the servos operating voltage is increased. • Dead band The dead band angle at stopping can be specified. [Relationship between dead band set value and servo operation] Small ĺ Dead band angle is small and the servo is immediately operated by a small signal change. Large ĺ Dead band angle is large and the servo does not operate at sma ll signal changes. (Note) If the dead band angle is too small, the servo will operate co ntinuously and the current consumption will increase and the life of the servo will be sho rtened. • Travel Adjust The left and right travels centered about the neutral position can be set independently. • Boost The minimum current applied to the internal motor when starting the servo can be set. Since a small travel does not start the motor, it essentially feels like the dead band was expanded. The motor can be immediately started by adjusting the minimum current which can start the motor. [Relationship between boost set value and servo operation] Small ĺ Motor reacts to a minute current and operation becomes smooth. Large ĺ Initial response improves and output torque increases. However , if the torque is too large, operation will become rough.

# 91Common function • Boost ON/OFF OFF : It is the boost ON at the time of low-speed operation.(In the case of usual) ON : It is always the boost ON.(When quick operation is hope) • Damper The characteristic when the servo is stopped can be set. When smaller than the standard value, the characteristic become s an overshoot characteristic. If the value is larger than the standard value, the brake is applied b efore the stop position. Especially, when a large load is applied, overshoot, etc. are s uppressed by inertia and hunting may occur, depending on the conditions. If hunting (phenomena which cause the servo to oscillate) occurs even though the Dead Band, Stretcher, Boost and other parameters are suitable, adjust this parameter to a value larger than the initial value. [Relationship between damper set value and servo operation] Small ĺ When you want to overshoot. Set so that hunting does not occur

. Large ĺ When you want to operate so that braking is not applied. Howev er, it will feel like the servo response has worsened. (Note) If used in the hunting state, not only will the current consum ption increase, but the life of the servo will also be shortened. • Stretcher The servo hold characteristic can be set. The torque which atte mpts to return the servo to the target position when the current servo position has deviated from the target position can be adjusted. This is used when stopping hunting, etc., but the holding chara cteristic changes as shown below. [Relationship between stretcher and servo operation] Small ĺ Servo holding force becomes weaker. Large ĺ Servo holding force becomes stronger. (Note) When this parameter is large, the current consumption increase s. • Buzzer When the power supply of a servo is previously turned on at the time of a power supply injection without taking transmit of a transmitter, the buzzer sound of about 2.5 Hz continues sounding from a servo. (Even when the transmit of a transmitter is taken out previousl y, a buzzer becomes until the signal of a servo is outputted normally, but it is not unusual.)
The transmitter has been turned OFF ahead of a servo power supp ly → The buzzer sound of about 1.25 Hz continues sounding as servo power supply end failure alarm. ( Do not insert or remove the servo connector while the receiver power is ON. A buzzer may sound by incorrect recognition. )

* Buzzer sound is generated by vibrating the motor of a servo. Since current is consumed and a servo generates heat, please do not operate the number more than needed or do not continue sounding a buzzer for a long time.

# 92Common function 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen Transmission of model data is possible with T10J transmitters. Data transfer is performed by the radio. The MDL-TRANS function works with the current model you are using in the transmitter. As for the receiving transmitter, any data on the current model that is receiving the information will be over-written.

"MDL-TRANS" 

### MDL-TRANS 

# Model transfer (Common)

● 

### MDL-TRANS between two T10J radios should be performed within 2 -meter range . 1 In each T10J, the + or - keyis pressed and it is made "TRANSFER" and "RECEIVE". 

## + - or
● "TRANSFER" :T10J of data origin "RECEIVE" :T10J which receives data 

### Selection range: TRANSFER, RECEIVE 2 Select "Execute" with the Jog key

.

3 Hold down the Jog key [ each T10J ]. (1 second ) )
● "COMPLETE" is displayed and the mode transfer is finished. 

### Model transfer

● If data is not being transmitted, the receiving transmitter returns to normal operation 10 seconds after execution. At this time, "Failure" (not transmitting) is displayed. ● From T8J to T10J, data transfer is possible. In that case, TYP E

of T10J on the "RECEIVER" side is changed into "T8J" by +- key . However, data cannot be sent to T8J from T10J. $OZD\V FKHFN VHUYR GLUHFWLRQ SULRU WR HYHU\ IOLJKW DV DQ DGGLWLRQDO SUHFDXWLRQ WR FRQILUP SURSHUPRGHOGDWHKRRNXSVDQGUDGLRIXQFWLRQ NOTE: MDL-TRANS between two T10J radios should be performed within a 2-meter range. 

# CAUTION

0'/75$16 MODE: TRANSFER (T10J of data origin ) / RECEIVE ( T 1 0 J w h i c h receives data) Execution of transmission/ reception *T10J does not carry out normal operation during data transfer.

# 93Common function 

## Function 6LQFHWKHFKDQQHODQGRSHUDWLRQPRGHXVHGLQWUDLQLQJFDQEHVH OHFWHGWKHWUDLQLQJGLI¿FXOW\FDQEHVHW to match the student’s level. The trainer function can be used by connecting the instructor’s transmitter to the student’s transmitter XVLQJDVSHFLDOWUDLQHUFRUGVROGVHSDUDWHO\6WXGHQWRSHUDWL RQLVSRVVLEOHE\LQVWUXFWRUVZLWFKRSHUDWLRQ,I the student enters a dangerous situation, control can be immediately switched to the instructor. ● Four operation modes can be selected at each channel. ● The trainer switch is set to switch H. When the trainer function is used, the snap roll function is au tomatically deactivated.

Use the tra iner function under the following conditions: ● When the instructor uses a T10J transmitter, set the studentʼ s transmitter modulation to PPM (for

conventional frequency transmitter). (When the student uses a T 10J transmitter, the modulation mode does not have to be changed. A PPM signal is always output from the trainer jack.) ● Before flight always confirm that all the instructor and student channels operate normally as set. ● Always insert the trainer cord as far as it will go and take m easures so that the cord will not work loose during use. ● Always remove the high frequency module of the studentʼ s trans mitter. (For module type) ● Never turn on the studentʼ s transmitter power switch. 

### Trainer function operation modes ● FNC mode: The channel set to this mode can be controlled by th e student using the mixing set at the instructorʼ s transmitter. (Student settings are returned to the ir initial value in advance.) ● MIX mode: The channel set to this mode is controlled by mixing the instructor and student signals. Correction rudder is applied by the instructor. When this mode is selected, the studentʼ s rate is reduced to prevent servo overthrow. The studentʼ s rate can also be set. (The studentʼ s settings are returned to their initial value in advance.) ● NOR mode: The channel set to this mode is controlled by signal s from the studentʼ s transmitter. (The instructor and student settings must be the same.) ● OFF mode: The channel set to this mode cannot be controlled by the student. It can only be controlled by the instructor. However, channels not provided at the studentʼ s transmitter are controlled by the instructor regardless of the above settings. When other models are selected, the trainer function is deactiv ated, but the channel settings remain. 

### Example of use ● When the FUNC mode is set at the stick channel, helicopter sti ck operation training is possible even with a 4EX transmitter (4 channels for aircraft). ● Control by the instructor is possible by setting only the trai ning channel matched to the studentʼ s level to the NORM mode and setting the other channels to the OF F mode. 

## TRAINER 

# Trainer (Common)

Teacher Trainer code

Student

Instructor Student Trainer Cords



## 10J 10C, 9C, 7C, 6EX, 4EX T12FG (FUTM4405) 

### 18MZ,14MZ, 14SG, FX-22, 12Z, 12FG,

8FG, 10J , 8J, 6J T12FG (FUTM4405) and 9C (FUTM4415) Trainer Cords 

### 18MZ,14MZ, 14SG, FX-22, 12Z,

12FG, 8FG, 10C, 9C, 7C, 8J, 6J, 4EX 

## 10J ◆ Trainer Cords 

# CAUTION

# 94Common function 

## Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen "TRAINER"



### (Trainer function) ● Select the item with the Jog key

. Function activation
Channel Select ● Channel setting mode display

Select CH mode Display Rate by student(at MIX mode)

■ Function activation 

## + - or 1 Select the "OFF" by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. ● When you do not want to use the function select INH. ■ Mode setting 

## + - or 2 The mode of the channel of hope is chosen by pressing the + key or ‒ key

.



### Selection range: OFF, NOR, FNC, MIX、

Default: OFF

(When MIX mode Select) ■ Student rate setting 

## + - or 3 Jog key is pressed in a side and a channel is chosen, rate setting by pressing the + key or ‒ key

.



### Range: 0 ~ 100% Default: 30% Trainer function 75$,1(5

*CH9 and CH10 cannot use a trainer function. < ChannelDisplay > ACROBATIC HELICOPTER GLIDER (AF2) MULTICOPTER 1: AIL (Aileron) 6: FLP (Flap) 1: AIL (Aileron) 6: PIT (PITCH) 1: AIL (Aileron) 6: FL2 (Flap2) 1: AIL (Aileron) 6: AUX 2: ELE (Elevator) 7: AUX 2: ELE (Elevator) 7: AUX 2: ELE (Elevator) 7: AI2 (Aileron2) 2: ELE (Elevator) 7: AUX 3: THR (Throttle)8: AUX 3: THR (Throttle) 8: AUX 3: MOT (Motor) 8: AUX 3: THR (Throttle)8: AUX 4: RUD (Rudder) 4: RUD (Rudder) 4: RUD (Rudder) 4: RUD (Rudder) 5: GER (Gear) 5: GYR (GYRO) 5: FLP (Flap) 5: MOD (Mode) 

### $8; $8;

# 95Airplane 

### 0(18岜岜岜岜   セント0'/6(/ セント0'/1$0( セント)$,/6$)( セント5(9(56( セント7,0(5 セント6(592 セント(1'32,17 セント75,0 セント68%75,0 セント30,; セント$8;&+$1 セント3$5$0(7(5

0(18岜岜岜岜    セント7(/(0(75< セント6(1625 セント6%86/,1. セント0'/75$16 セント75$,1(5 セント$,/',)) '58ڀ$,/セント セント97$,/ セント*<526(16 セント(/(921 セント$,/9$725 /'))1ڀ7+5セント

0(18岜岜岜岜    セント'5(;32 セント)/$3(521 セント$,5%5. )/)ڀ/$3(セント /$3(ڀ)/)セント セント)/$375,0 セント7+5&87 セント,'/('2:1 セント61$352// セント7+5&859( セント3,7&859( セント7+5岜'(/$< (1 second) 

## + END 

# Airplane Function

MENU ● When the + keyis pressed for 1 second, the menu screen is displayed. ● When the END key i s pressed, the display returns to the home screen. ● F i r s t s e t t h e throttle to slow. ● Then turn on the power.



### MENU

1/3

MENU

2/3

MENU

3/3 (Home screen) 

## Power ON

(Selection) ● M o v e t h e c u r s o r (highlighted) up and down and to the left and right with the Jog key and select the function. The cursor can be moved over several pages.


### (Calling the setting screen)

● Press the Jog key to open the setting screen. 

## To menu screen by holding down the + key The setting screen of each function is called from the followin g menu. The function when the model type was set to airplane (ACROBATIC) is displayed her e.

0(18岜岜岜岜    セント 0'/6(/ セント 0'/1$0 ( セント )$,/6$)( セント 5(9(56 ( セント 7,0(5 セント 6(59 2 セント (1'3 2 ,1 7 セント 75, 0 セント 68%75, 0 セント30,;  セント $8;&+$ 1 セント 3$5$0(7( 5 

### MENU

1/ 3

セント 7(/(0(75< セント 6(16 2 5 セント 6%86/,1 . セント 0'/75$1 6 セント 75$,1(5

# 96Airplane 

### MENU1/3 MDL-SEL (P.40) Model select / Model Copy / Data reset / RX / Link 

### MDL-NAME (P.43) Model name / User name 

### FAIL SAFE (P.45) Fail safe 

### REVERSE (P.47) Servo reverse 

### TIMER (P.48) Timer 

### SERVO (P.49) Servo monitor / Servo test 

### END POINT (P.50) End point 

### TRIM (P.51) Trim reset / Trim step 

### SUB TRIM (P.52) Sub trim 

### P.MIX1-6 (P.53) Program mixing 1 ~ 6 

### AUX-CHAN (P.56) AUX channel 

### PARAMETER (P.58)Data reset / Model type / ATLtrim / LCD contrast / Back light : mode, time, adjustment / Home display / Battery alarm / Battery vibration / Buzzer tone / Jog navi / Jog light / Jog time / Telemetry : mode, unit / Speech : language, volume / Stick position alarm 

### ■ Function MENU2/3 TELEMETRY (P.66) Telemetry Display / Alarm setup 

### SENSOR (P.83) Telemetry sensor 

### SBUS LINK (P.89) S.BUS servo set up 

### MDL-TRANS (P.92) Data transfer of another 10J or 8J 

### TRAINER (P.93) Trainer 

### AIL-DIFF (P.97) Aileron Differential 

### AIL → RUD (P.98) Aileron → Rudder 

### V-TAIL (P.99) V-Tail 

### GYRO SENS (P.100) Gyro mixing 

### ELEVON (P.101) Elevon 

### AILVATOR (P.102) Ailvator 

### THR → NEEDL (P.103) Throttle → Needle Mixing 

### MENU3/3 D/R, EXPO (P.104) Dual rate / EXPO 

### FLAPERON (P.106) Flaperon 

### AIR-BRK (P.108) Air brake 

### FLAP → ELE (P.110) Flap → Elevator mixing 

### ELE → FLAP (P.111) Elevator → Flap mixing 

### FLAP TRIM (P.112) Flap trim 

### THR.CUT (P.113) Throttle cut 

### IDLE DOWN (P.115) Idle down 

### SNAP ROLL (P.116) Snap roll 

### THR-CURVE (P.117) Throttle curve 

### PIT-CURVE (P.118) PIT-curve 

### THR DELAY (P.119) Throttle delay 

### MDL- S E L (P.40 ) Model select / Model Cop y / Data r eset / RX / Lin k 

### M D L-NAM E ( P.43 ) Model name / User nam e 

### F AIL S AF E ( P.45 ) Fail safe 

### R EVER SE ( P.47 ) S ervo reverse 

### TIME R ( P.48 ) T im e r 

### SERV O ( P.49 ) S ervo monitor / Servo test 

### E ND POIN T ( P.50 ) En d point 

### TRI M ( P.51 ) T rim reset / Trim ste p 

### SU B TRI M ( P.52 ) Sub trim 

### P. MIX1- 6 ( P.53 ) Pro g ram mixin g 1 ~ 6 

### AUX- C HA N ( P.56 ) AUX c h anne l 

### P ARAMETE R ( P.58 ) Data reset / Model t y pe / ATL

trim / LCD contrast / Back li g ht : m ode, time, ad j ustment / Home display / Battery alarm / Battery vibration / Buzzer tone / Jo g n avi / Jo g li g ht / Jo g time / T elemetr y : mode, unit / Speech : lan g ua g e, volume / Stick position a l arm 

### TELEMETR Y ( P.66 ) T elemetr y Displa y / Alarm setup 

### S ENSO R (P.83 ) T e l emetr y sensor 

### S B U S LIN K (P.89 ) S .BU S servo set u p 

### M DL-TRAN S ( P.92 ) D ata transfer of another 10J or 8J 

### T RAINE R (P.93 ) T rainer 

### key / LCD

● 

### Jog key ● 

### - key ● 

### + key

● 

### END key



## Refer to "Common Functions" previously described for a description of this function.

# 97Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen "AIL-DIFF" 

## AIL-DIFF 

# Aileron differential (ACROBATIC)

■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ACT" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a function, set to the "INH" side. ■ Aileron rate 

## + - or 2 Select the "RATE-AIL1" item and move the aileron stick to the left and right and adjust the travel of each servo by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -120 ~ +120% Default:+ 100% ● When you want to return to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, when the polarity is changed only the number returns to the initial value. (Adjust the "RATE-AIL2" item in the same way as 2 .) 

### Aileron Differential NOTE: Aileron Differential cannot be used simultaneously with Flapero n or Elevon. If another function is already active, “Others WING mix “ON” is di splayed on the screen. After setting the active function to “INH” , set the Aileron Differenti al function to “ACT” .

ACT/INH Aileron1 ( CH1 ) rate Aileron2 ( CH7 ) rate ● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e function cannot be used. To use the function, select ACT. (Aileron) L :Aileron stick Left side rate R :Aileron stick Right side rate
● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. 

### CH1 CH7 The left and right aileron differential can be adjusted independently. This function is restricted to 2 servo aileron.

$,/',))

# 98Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen

■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● When you do not use a function, set to the "INH" side. ■ Mixing rate 

## + - or 2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default: +50% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, polarity does not return. 

### Aileron → Rudder Mixing Use this mix when you want to mix the rudders with aileron operation. This allows the aircraft to bank at a steep angle.

ŏ:KHQ WKH OLQNDJH GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH

OLQNDJHDGMXVWPHQWVFDQEHPDGHE\FKDQJLQJ WKHUDWHSRODULW\

"AIL → RUD" 

## AIL → RUD 

# Aileron → Rudder mixing (ACROBATIC)

Activating the function Mixing rate ● When not using this function, select INH.

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. '58 ڀ $,/

# 99Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen CH2 ( CH4 ) CH4 ( CH2 ) 

### V-tail 

### This mixing is used with V tail aircraft that combine the elevator and rudder functions.

"V-TAIL" 

## V-TAIL 

# V-Tail (ACROBATIC)

NOTE: V Tail cannot be used simultaneously with Elevon or Ailevator. When another function is already activated, “Other WING mix “ON” ” is displayed on the screen. Set the V tail function to ACT after setting the active function to INH. CH2 Servo CH4 Servo Elevator ELE1 ELE2 Rudder RUD2 RUD1

Activating the function ELE1 rate ELE2 rate RUD2 rate RUD1 rate ● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e function cannot be used. To use the function, select ACT. (Rate adjustment)

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ACT" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a function, set to the "INH" side. ■ Rate adjustment 

## + - or 2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default: +50% (only ELE2 : -50% ) ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, pr ess the + keyand ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not return. NOTE: We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick a nd checking the amount of movement. If the amount of movement is too large, elevator and rudder operat ion will be compounded and the servo travel range will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not op erate may be created. 

### V-TAIL 97$,/

# 100Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen

■ Activating the function 

## + - or 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key. ● When you do not use a function, set to the

"INH" side. ■ Sensitivity switch selection 2 Select the "SW" item and then select the switch by pressing the + keyor ‒ key.



### Range: SwA ~ SwH、 Default: SwA ■ Sensitivity setting channel selection 

## + - or 3 S e l e c t t h e "CH" item and t h e n s e l e c t the sensitivity setting channel by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

### Range: CH5、CH5/CH7、 CH5/CH8、CH5/CH7/CH8 Default: CH5 ■ Gyro type and sensitivity setting 4 Press the Jog key and select the sensitivity setting screen you want to set and then set “type” (gyro type) and “rate” (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by pressing the +keyor ‒ key

. ( "type" )Range: STD,GY Default: STD ( "rate" )Range: 0 ~ 100% (STD), NOR100 ~ 0 ~

AVC100% (GY) Default: 50% (STD), 0% (GY) ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### GYRO SENS



## + - or 

### This function is dedicated mixing for switching the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/ NORMAL) of Futaba airplane use gyros. Up to 3 axes can be set. ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQ EH VHOHFWHG DQG WKH

VHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRI WKH VZLWFKFDQEH VHW 6ZLWFKHV$ WR+,I WKHDLUSODQH VWDOOVGXULQJ IOLJKW WKH J\URZLOO ORVH FRQWURO RI WKH SODQH·V DWWLWXGH ) URP WKH VWDQGSRLQW R I VD IHW\ ZH UHFRPPHQGWKDWWKH2))SRVLWLRQDOVREHVHW XVLQJDSRVLWLRQVZLWFK ŏ&+ &+&+ &+&+ R U &+&+&+

FRPELQDWLRQVFDQEH VHOHFWHGDV WKH VHQVLWLYLW\ VHWWLQJFKDQQHO

"GYRO SENS" 

## GYRO SENS 

# Gyro sensor (ACROBATIC)

Activating the function Gain Channel selection Switch direction Gyrotype, Gain rate ● When not using this function, select INH. Sensitivity switch selection (Current switch operating

direction) ● S w i t c h e s t o t h e sensitivity setting screen of each switch direction when the Jog key is pressed. ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. (Gyro type) (Gyro Gain) ● When using a Futaba GYA gyro, select gyro type GY. This switch es the gyro sensitivity setting

item to mode and sensitivity direct reading display. *<526(16

# 101Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen This mixing is used with delta wing, tailess, and disk shaped airplanes that combine the aileron and elevator functions. Connect the CH1 servo to the left aileron and the CH2 servo to the right aileron.

ŏ7KHDLOHURQDQGHOHYDWRUWUDYHOFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\ NOTE: Elevon cannot be used simultaneously with V-tail or Ailevator functions. You may use Flaperon or Differential when this functi on is active. If another function is already active, “Other WING mix “ON” is displayed on the screen. After setting the active function to “INH” , set the elevon function to “ACT” .

"ELEVON"



## ELEVON 

# Elevon (ACROBATIC)

CH1 servo CH2 servo Roll AIL1 AIL2 Pitch ELE2 ELE1

Activating the function Aileron1 ( CH1 ) rate Aileron2 ( CH2 ) rate Elevator2 ( CH1 ) rate Elevator1 ( CH2 ) rate ● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e function cannot be used. To use the function, select ACT. (Aileron rate) L :Aileron stick Left side rate R :Aileron stick Right side rate (Elevator rate) ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ACT" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● When you do not use a function, set to the "INH" side. ■ Rate set 

## + - or 2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -120 ~ +120% Default: +100% (only ELE1 : -100% ) ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, pr ess

the + keyand ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not return. NOTE: We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick a nd checking the amount of movement. If the amount of movement is too large, elevator and aileron opera tion will be compounded and the servo travel range will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not op erate may be created. 

### ELEVON CH1 CH1

CH2 CH2

Pitch

Roll

(/(921

# 102Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen Ailevator mixes both Ailerons and Elevators together. Or the function can be used separate from your ailerons when you have two (OHYDWRUVHUYRV6LQFHWKHUHDUHDLUFUDIWOLNHMHW¿JKWHUVWKD WXVHWKH elevators as ailerons, using this function can give you a sense of reality. $LOHURQRSHUDWLRQFDQDOVREHXVHGZLWKHOHYDWRUVHUYRVSHFL¿ FDWLRQV The servos connect to the receiver CH2 and CH8 output. ŏ(OHYDWRUDQGDLOHURQWUDYHOFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\ ŏ&RQÀUPWKHGLUHFWLRQRIRSHUDWLRQEHFDXVHLWLVGLIIHUHQWGHS HQGLQJ

RQWKHOLQNDJH

"AILVATOR" 

## AILVATOR 

# Ailvator (ACROBATIC)

CH2 servo CH8 servo Roll AIL3 AIL4 Pitch ELE1 ELE2

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. Activating the function AIL3 Rate set AIL4 Rate set ELE2 Rate set ELE1 Rate set ● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e function cannot be used. To use the function, select ACT.
(Rate)

■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ACT" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key. 

## + - or ● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a function, set to the "INH" side. ■ Rate set 

## + - or 2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default: -50% ( AIL3, AIL4 ) , -100% ( ELE2 ) , +100% ( ELE1 ) ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, pr ess the + keyand ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not return. NOTE: We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick a nd checking the amount of movement. If the amount of movement is too large, elevator and aileron opera tion will be compounded and the servo travel range will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not op erate may be created. ● When used as 2 elevator servos specifications without aileron o peration, set the AIL3 and AIL4 travel to 0%. 

### AILVATOR CH 2 (CH 8) CH 6 (CH7) CH 1

CH 8 (CH 2)

NOTE: Ailevator cannot be used simultaneously with V-tail or Elevon functions. When “Other WING mix “ON” “is displayed on the screen, set the ailvator function to ACT after setting the active function to INH.

$,/9$725

# 103Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen

● An acceleration function helps the engine compensate for sudden, large amounts of throttle input by making the mixture suddenly richer, then easing it back to the proper adjustment for that throttle setting. This function requires some adjustment to best fit your engine and your flying style. Adjust engineʼ s response until no hesitation occurs on rapid throttle input. ● Superfluous operation of a needle servo becomes large as it approaches to 100%. Moreover, time to usually return to a position becomes late. 

### This function is used when the engine is equipped with a mixture control system (needle control and other mixture adjustments to the engine). The throttle control servo connects to receiver CH8. ŏ7KHPL[WXUHFDQEHVHWE\SRLQWFXUYHLQ UHODWLRQ

WRWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN ŏ$QDFFHOHUDWLRQ IXQFWLRQZKLFKDFFHOHUDWHV WKH HQJLQH WR WKHRSWLPDOPL[WXUHZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH LV RSHQHGFDQEHVHW

"THR → NEEDL" 

## THR → NEEDL 

# Throttle → Needle mixing (ACROBATIC)

■ Activating the function 

## + - or 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ● When you do not use a function, set

to the "INH" side. ■ 5 point curve setting 2 Select the setting item (P-1 ~ P-5) and then set the travel of each point by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: 0 ~ 100% Default: P-1:0%, P-2:25%, P-3:50%, P-4:75%, P-5:100%

■ Acceleration rate 3 Select the "ACC" item and adjust the acceleration amount by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: 0 ~ 100%, Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### Throttle curve ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

.

Activating the function 5 Point curve set (Cursor moves with a THR stick) Acceleration rate ● When not using this function, select INH.

● The set-up curve is shown NOTE: This cannot be used if Ailevator function is active as they cannot be used simultaneously. “AILVATOR mix “ON” “is displayed on the screen. Set the THR → NEEDL function to ACT after setting the active function to INH.

/'))1 ڀ 7+5

NOTE: When using the acceleration function, since the needle stroke is large, adjust your settings so there is no binding of your linkage.

# 104Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen D/R The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 steps

ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKH VZLWFK7KHOHIWDQGULJKWXSDQGGRZQ

GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\ 

### EXP This function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral position. Adjustments can be made in 2 steps according to the control surface angle. ŏ7KH ́μVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKH ́μVLGHPD NHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH

QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHU YRWUDYHO:KHQWKH ́μVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYH ŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH'5LVSRVVL EOH([FHSWWKURWWOH7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFK

VZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKWXSDQGGRZQGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKF KDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\ 

### Switch selection(SW) Switches A to H can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate (exponential) switch. ŏ'HIDXOW : $LOHURQ : 6ZLWFK' / (OHYDWRU : 6ZLWFK$ / 5XGGHU : 6ZLWFK%

"D/R,EXPO" 

## D/R,EXPO 

# Dual rate / EXPO (ACROBATIC)

Channel selection Dual rate EXPO Switch selection ● The channel under selection is underlined. (Switch Direction) ● The dual rate and exponential

settings are displayed by a curve. ● Channel selection/Select the setting item with the Jog key

. < Channel > 1:Aileron 2:Elevator 3:Throttle 4:Rudder (Switch No.) (D/R and EXPO rate display) Top row;Left side / down Bottom row;Right side / up

# 105Airplane

1 Select the "SW" item and then select the channel with the Jog key

.



### Range: 1, 2, 4 2 A switch is chosen by + keyor -key

. 

## + - or 

### Range: SwA ~ SwH Switch Change 1 A channel is chosen by Jog key

.


### Range: 1, 2, 4 2 Adjust the rate by moving the cursor to D/R with the Jog key , switching the dual rate switch to the direction you want to set, moving the stick to the left (down) or right (up) side and pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: 0 ~ 140% Default: 100% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + keyand ‒ key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and s tick by repeating step

1 Select the "EXP" item and then select the channel with the Jog key

.


### Range: 1~4 2 Adjust the rate by moving the cursor to EXP with the Jog key , switching the dual rate switch to the direction you want to set, moving the stick to the left (down) or right (up) side and pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100%

Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + keyand ‒ key simultaneously. Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and s tick by repeating step 

### D/R

EXPO 

## +

+ -

- ● Moving to another setting item of the same

channel is possible by Jog key

.

● Moving to another setting item of the

same channel is possible by Jog key

.

# 106Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen This mixing function mixes two ailerons and also gives the DLOHURQVDÀDSIXQFWLRQ$LOHURQDQGOHIWDQGULJKWDLOHURQFRQ WURO surfaces can be raised at the same time. If this function is used together with air brake function, the aircraft speed can be dropped when landing and is effective in narrow places. Connect the left aileron servo to CH1 (AIL) and the right aileron servo to CH6 (FLP).

ŏ7KH XSDQGGRZQDQJOHRI WKH OHIWDQG ULJKWDLOHURQFRQWURO

VXUIDFHVFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\ ŏ7KHOHIWDQGULJKWÁDSWUDYHOFDQDOVREHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO \

"FLAPERON" 

## FLAPERON 

# Flaperon (ACROBATIC)

CH6 servo CH1 servo A i l e r o n Operation Right Aileron Left Aileron Flap Operation Flap1 Flap2

Activating the function Aileron1 ( CH1 ) rate Aileron2 ( CH6 ) rate Flap2 ( CH1 ) rate Flap1 ( CH6 ) rate ● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e function cannot be used. To use the function, select ACT. (Aileron rate) L :Aileron stick Left side rate R :Aileron stick Right side rate (Flap rate) ● Select the setting item with

the Jog key

. 

### CH1 CH6

NOTE: Only the Flaperon, AileronDifferential, or Elevon functions can be used. They cannot be turned on simultaneously. When another function is already activated, “Other WING mix “ON” “is display ed on the screen. Set the Flaperon function to ACT after setting the acti ve function to INH.

)/$3(521

# 107Airplane ■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ACT" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a function, set to the "INH" side. ■ Aileron rate 

## + - or 2 Select "RATE-AIL1" and operate the aileron stick to the left and right and adjust the travel of each servo by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -120 ~ +120% Default: 100% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + keyand ‒ keysimultaneously. However, when the polarity is changed, only the number is returned to the initial value. (The “RATE-AIL 2” item is adjusted in the same way as 2 .) (When flap trim is used, make the settings shown below.)

● However, set the basic travel with the Flap function in advanc e.(Default:0%) ■ Flap rate 

## + - or 3 Select the "RATE-FLP2" item and adjust the Flap2 travel by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -120 ~ +120% Default:+ 100% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, pr ess the + keyand ‒ key simultaneously.However, polarity does not return. (The “RATE-FL P1” item is adjusted in the same way as 3 .

However, the “RATE-FLP1” side initial value is -100%.) 

### Flaperon

CH1

CH1 CH6

CH6 When flaperon is active, the ailerons can be controlled by the servos connected to CH1 and CH6. The servo travel can be adjusted by the left and right end points.

The left and right ailerons can be raised (brake operation) and lowered (flap operation) at the same time by setting SW-C to its lowest position.



## Flaperon ACT

Air brake ACT

# 108Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen This function is used when the air brake is necessary during landing and is turned on and off by switch C (initial setting).

ŏ1RUPDOO\ZKHQ WKHDLOHURQVDUHXVHGDVDEUDNH

WKH\DUHUDLVHG83VLGH ŏ:KHQ WKHRSHUDWLRQPRGH LV  ́2)67μ RIIVHW WKH

DLUEUDNH LVFRQWUROOHGE\ VZLWFKRSHUDWLRQ:KHQ WKHRSHUDWLRQPRGHLV ́/,15μOLQHDUWKHDLUEUDNH LV RSHUDWHG OLQHDUO\DW VZLWFK21DQG IURP WKH FRQWUROVWLFNVHWSRVLWLRQ ŏ,I WKH ́/,15μPRGHZDV VHOHFWHG WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN FRQWUROV &+ DQG WKH DLU EUDNH RSHUDWLRQ EXW LWFDQEH VHSDUDWHG IURP&+RSHUDWLRQ&+  FRQWUROFDQEH VZLWFKHG IURP VWLFN WR VWLFNRU WR 95 NQRE+RZHYHUZKHQ RWKHU WKDQ VWLFNZDV VHOHFWHG WKH WKURWWOH WULPDQG IXQFWLRQ UHYHUVH IXQFWLRQVFDQQRWEHXVHG ŏ:KHQXVHG LQ WKH  ́/,15μPRGHDGMXVW WKH WUDYHO

ZLWK WKH WKURWWOH VWLFNDW WKHPD[LPXP VORZ VLGH EUDNLQJDPRXQWPD[LPXP

● Adjustment item for every wing type Display (Normal) Flaperon Aileron Differential AIL1(1CH) ----- Aileron1 Aileron1 ELEV(2CH) Elevator Elevator Elevator FLAP(6CH) Flap Aileron2 Flap AIL2(7CH) ----- ----- Aileron2

"AIR-BRK" 

## AIR-BRK 

# Air brake (ACROBATIC)

Activating the function

Rate set Delay Rate set 3CH Control set ● When not using this Function

select INH. The display of On/ Off is shown when active and assigned to a switch. Switch selection Switch direction Mode ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● When the “LINR” operation mode was selected, the current throt tle stick position is displayed at the operation reference point and in the bottom row parenthe ses. CH 1 CH2 CH 2

CH 6

$,5%5.

# 109Airplane ■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" or "OFF" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● When you do not use a function, set

to the "INH" side. ■ Rate set 

## + - or 2 Select the "rate" item and adjust the servo travel by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default: +50%(ELEV only -10%) ● When you want to return the set value to the initial

value, press the + keyand ‒ key simultaneously. However, polarity does not return. ■ Delay Rate set 

## + - or 3 Select the "delay" item and adjust the elevator operation delay by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ● The amount of delay is large at 100%. 

### Range: 0 ~ 100%、 Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, pr ess the + key

and ‒ key simultaneously.
(In the case of change of a switch) ■ Switch selection 

## + - or 1 Select the "SW" item and then select the switch by pressing the + keyor ‒ key. 

### Range: SwA ~ SwH Default: SwC ■ Switch direction 

## + - or 2 S e l e c t t h e O N d i r e c t i o n b y pressing the + key or ‒ key at the ON direction selection item. 

### Range: ● 2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN ● 3P SW: NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

(In the case of change of a mode) ■ Mode 

## + - or 1 S e l e c t t h e "MOD" i t e m and select the operation mode by pressing the + keyor the ‒ key

. 

### Range: OFST, LINR Default: OFST ■ Operation reference point setting ("LINR" mode only) 2 Select the operation reference point setting item newly displayed at the bottom row of "MOD" and hold the throttle stick at the air brake start point and set the reference point by pressing the Jog keyfor 1 second. 

### Range: 0 ~ 100%
(When 3CH control is changed at the time of "LINR") ■ "LINR" mode 3CH control 1 Select the "CH3" item and select control by pressing the +key or ‒ key

. 

### Range: THR, SwA ~ SwH, VR, DT5, DT6 Default: THR Air brake

# 110Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen

■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● When you do not use a function, set

to the "INH" side. ■ Mixing rate 

## + - or 2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. (When changing the mixing reference point) ■ Mixing reference point offset setting (1 second) 1 Select the "OFFSET" item and turn the Flap knob to the point you want to make the mixing reference point and set the reference point by pressing the Jog key for 1 second. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default: 0% Flap → ElevatorMixing This mixing is used to compensate for pitch FKDQJHVHOHYDWRUGLUHFWLRQDWÀDSRSHUDWLRQ ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH

OLQNDJHDGMXVWPHQW LVSRVVLEOHE\FKDQJLQJ WKH UDWHSRODULW\ ŏ7KHPL[LQJUHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEHVKLIWHG2))6(7

"FLAP → ELE"



## FLAP → ELE 

# Flap → Elevator mixing (ACROBATIC)

Activating the function Mixing rate Mixing offset rate ● When not using this function, select INH.

(P r e s e n t f l a p o p e r a t i n g

position) ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. )/) ڀ /$3(

# 111Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen

■ Activating the function 

## + - or 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the ON or OFF by pressing the + keyor ‒ key. ● When you do not use a function, set to the

"INH" side. ■ Switch selection 

## + - or 2 Select the "SW" item and then select the switch by pressing the + keyor ‒ key. 

### Range: SwA ~ SwH、 Default: SwC
■ Switch direction 

## + - or 3 Select the "POSI " by pressing the + keyor ‒ key at the ON direction selection item. 

### Range: ● 2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN ● 3P SW: NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN ■ Mixing rate 

## + - or 4 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default: +50% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. However, polarity does not return. ● RATE ↑ / ↓ cursor position operates and chooses an

elevator stick. 

### Elevator → FlapMixing ● T h i s c u r s o r p o s i t i o n operates and chooses an elevator stick. 

### This mixing is used when you want to apply mixing from elevators WRÀDSV8VXDOO\PL[LQJLVVXFKWKDWWKHÀDSVDUHORZHUHGE\U DLVLQJ the elevators. When used with Fun Fly and other aircraft, small loops are possible. ŏ7KHXSVLGHDQGGRZQVLGHUDWHVFDQEHDGMXVWHG

"ELE → FLAP" 

### ELE → FLAP 

# Elevator → Flap mixing (ACROBATIC)

Activating the function Mixing rate
Switch selection Switch direction ● When not using this Function select INH. The display of On/ Off is shown when active and assigned to a switch. (Elevator down side rate) (Elevator up side rate)

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. Flap CH6

Elevator CH2

● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch. ○ 2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN ○ 3P SW: NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN /$3( ڀ )/)

# 112Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen This function trims the CH6 VR knob. ŏ7KHWULPWUDYHOFDQEHDGMXVWHG

*When the flaperon function is activated ( “ACT” ), this

function is turned on automatically. It can be turned on and off independently.

"FLAP TRIM" 

## FLAP TRIM 

# Flap trim (ACROBATIC)

Activating the function Flap trim rate ● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e function cannot be used. To use the function, select ACT.

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

.

■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ACT" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a function, set to the "INH" side. ■ Flap rate 

## + - or 2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the flap rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, pr ess the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### Flap Trim )/$375,0 VR neutral Single beep sound Flap neutral

VR turns Flap adjustment

VR turns Flap adjustment

# 113Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen This function cuts (stops) the engine or motor by stick operation. At throttle operation, the rate is adjusted to the position which completely cuts the throttle servo or ESC when the throttle is operated. When Thr.Cut is active, the throttle position is held regardless of the throttle stick position.

ŏ125(6&RSHUDWLRQPRGH VZLWFKLQJ )RUPRWRU

DLUFUDIWVHOHFW(6&)RUPRWRUDLUFUDIW WKH WKURWWOH SRVLWLRQZKHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHWFDQEH VHW VR WKHPRWRUZLOOQRWXQH[SHFWHGO\UXQDWKLJKVSHHG ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOHFXW IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW:KHQ WKH WKURWWOHVWLFNLVKLJKHUWKDQWKHVHWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ WKH WKURWWOHFXW IXQFWLRQ LVQRW UHVHWHYHQ LI WKH VZLWFKLV VHW WR2))6HW WRD VDIH WKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ VORZVLGH ŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHG IURPDPRQJ

VZLWFKHV$ ~ + ŏ6HWWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQIRUVDIHW\DOVR

"THR.CUT" 

## THR.CUT 

# Throttle cut (ACROBATIC)

Mode Activating the function Cut Position rate Throttle Position Switch selection Switch direction ● When not using this Function select INH. The display of On/ Off is shown when active and assigned to a switch. ● Adjusts the rate to the position

t h a t c o m p l e t e l y c u t s t h e throttle servo or ESC. ● The “THR” item can be set when the operation mode i s “E S C” . T h e n u m b e r i n parentheses is the current throttle stick position. ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch. ○ 2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN ○ 3P SW: NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN 7+5&87

# 114Airplane ■ Mode 1 Select the "MODE" item and then select the mode by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Range: NOR, ESC Default: NOR ● "NOR" :Engine plane

"ESC" :Electric motor plane ■ Activating the function 2 Select the "MIX" item and then select the off by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● When you do not use a function, set to the

"INH" side.

■ Switch selection 3 Select the "SW" item and then select the switch by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Range: SwA ~ SwH Default: SwA ■ Switch direction 4 Select the "POSI" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key at the ON direction selection item. 

## + - or 

### Range: ● 2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN ● 3P SW: NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

■ Cut Position rate 5 Select the "RATE" item and then select the cht position by pressing the + keyor ‒ key (motor stop). 

## + - or ● It adjusts to the position where an engine

is cut. 

### Range: -30 ~ 0 ~ +30% Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value

to the initial value, press the + keyand ‒ key simultaneously. (In the case of ESC ) ■ Function release Throttle Position 6 Select the "THR" item and then select the release position by THR stick is lowered and Jog key is pressed for 1 second.

● Set to a safe low throttle position. 

### Range: 0 ~ 100% Default: 15% Throttle Cut

# 115Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen

■ Activating the function 

## + - or 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the on or off by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ● When you do not use a function, set to the

"INH" side. ■ Switch selection 

## + - or 2 Select the "SW" item and then select the switch by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: SwA ~ SwH、 Default: SwC
■ Switch direction 3 Select the "POSI" by pressing the + key or ‒ key at the ON direction selection item. 

### Range: ● 2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN ● 3P SW: NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C,

CNTR, C&DN, DOWN ■ Idle down rate 

## + - or 4 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the idle down rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key. 

### Range: 0 ~ 40% Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### Idle down This function is linked to the air brake switch and gear switch and lowers the engine idle. It is used when engine idle is set high to prevent the HQJLQHIURPVWDOOLQJGXULQJÀLJKWDQG\RXZDQWWR lower engine idle when landing. ŏ7KHDPRXQWHQJLQHLGOHLVORZHUHGFDQEHVHW ŏ$WLGOLQJGRZQRSHUDWLRQWKHVWRSOHYHUDGMXVWVWKH

LGOHGRZQDPRXQW ŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHG IURPDPRQJ

VZLWFKHV$ ~ +7KHVZLWFKGLUHFWLRQFDQDOVREH VHOHFWHG

● The idle down amount is usually 10% ~ 20%. Hold down the aircraf t and set the throttle switch to the maximum slow position while the engine is running and adjust the idle d rop amount while turning the switch on and off. "IDLE DOWN" 

## IDLE DOWN 

# Idle down (ACROBATIC)

Activating the function Idle down rate
Switch selection Switch direction ● When not using this Function select INH. The display of On/ Off is shown when active and assigned to a switch.

● Select the setting item

with the Jog key

. ● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch. ○ 2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN ○ 3P SW: NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN ,'/('2:1

# 116Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen

■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "OFF" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a function, set to the "INH" side. ■ D i r e c t i o n s w i t c h selection 2 Select the "DIRC-SW1" and "DIRC-SW2" item and select each switch by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: NULL, SwA ~ SwH Default: NULL ■ Servo Rate set3 Switch the DIRC-SW1 or DIRCSW2 in the direction you are wanting to adjust by pressing the + keyor ‒ keyat the “AIL” , “ELE” , and “RUD” items.



### Range: -120 ~ +120% ● Set the R/U, L/U, R/D, and L/D

directions.
■ Safe mode set 4 Select the "SAFE-MODE" item and then select the mode by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: FREE, CH5+, CH5- Default: FREE ● When a 3 position switch was selected at “DIRC-SW1” setting, 1 :R/U, 2:L/ U, 3:R/D switching is possible with 1 switch. At this time, “DI RC-SW2” cannot be selected. Safe mode setting can set the direction of the landing gear swi tch. ● When “CH5-” was selected, the safety device sets the landing g ear switch to the

rear position and the snap switch is not effective even if oper ated. When the landing gear switch is in the forward position, operation is po ssible. When “CH5+ “ was selected, the safety device operates and the snap switch is ineffective even if operated. When the landing gear switch is in the rear positi on, operation is possible. ● When “FREE” was selected: The safety device does not operate r egardless of the

switch direction. 

### Snap roll This function performs snap roll by switch (SwH). ŏ7KH UROOGLUHFWLRQLVVHOHFWHG IURPDPRQJGLUHFWLRQV58/ 8 5' /'E\ 

VZLWFKHV ŏ$VDVDIHW\PHDVXUHDVDIHW\PRGHFDQEHVHWVRWKDWRSHUDWLR QLVQRWSHUIRUPHG

HYHQLIDVZLWFKLVPLVWDNHQO\WXUQHGRQZKHQUHWUDFWLQJWKHOD QGLQJJHDU NOTE: The trainer function cannot be turned on simultaneously with t his function. If the trainer function is active, “trainer “ACT”” is displayed on the screen. After setting the trainer function to “INH” , turn on th is function.

"SNAP ROLL" (Direction Switch) SW1 SW2 1: R/U 2: L/U 3: R/D 4: L/D 

## SNAP ROLL 

# Snap roll (ACROBATIC)

Activating the function

Rate set ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. (Snap roll direction) ● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e function cannot be used. To use the function, select OFF(ON). Safe mode set Direction Switch selection 61$352//

# 117Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen

However, this function cannot be used when the throttle EXP fun ction was set. When this function is set, the throttle EXP function cannot be used. 

### This function sets a 5 point throttle curve so that the engine/motor speed relative to movement of the WKURWWOHVWLFNLVWKHRSWLPXPYDOXHIRUÀLJKW ŏ$FXUYHFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKVZLWFKSRVLWLRQ

"THR-CURVE" 

## THR-CURVE 

# Throttle curve(Airplane) (ACROBATIC)

■ Activating the function 

## + - or 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ● When you do not use a function, set to the

"INH" side. ■ Switch selection 

## + - or 2 Select the "SW" item and then select the switch by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: SwA ~ SwH、 Default: SwE ■ 5 point curve set 

## + - or 3 By Jog key , either of P-1 to P-5 is chosen. The + keyor - keyis pressed and a rate is set up. 

### Range: 0 ~ 100% Default: P-1:0%, P-2:25%, P-3:50%, P-4:75%, P-5:100% Throttle curve Activating the function Switch selection 5 point curve set ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● When not using this function, select INH. ● The set-up curve is shown (Present switch position) 7+5&859(

# 118Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen This function is a function for the variable pitch propellers of an airplane. 7KHFXUYHRI¿YHSRLQWVFDQEHVHWXS ŏ3,7 FX UYH IXQF WLRQ FDQQR W EH XVHG ZKHQ DQ $,/9$725IXQFWLRQLV$&7 ŏ&+RIDSLWFKFDQEHVHWWR&+RU&+

"PIT-CURVE" 

## PIT-CURVE 

# Pitch curve(Airplane) (ACROBATIC)

■ Activating the function 

## + - or 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key. ● When you do not use a function, set to the

"INH" side. ■ Switch selection 

## + - or 2 Select the "SW" item and then select the switch by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: SwA ~ SwH、 Default: SwE ■ 5 point curve set 

## + - or 3 By Jog key , either of P-1 to P-5 is chosen. The + keyor - keyis pressed and a rate is set up.



### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default: P-1:-100%, P-2:-50%, P-3:0%, P-4:+50%, P-5:+100% (When a channel is changed) ■ Channel selection 

## + - or 1 Select the "CH" item and then select the channel by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: 8CH、5CH Default: 8CH PIT-curve Activating the function Switch selection 5 point curve set ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● When not using this function, select INH. Channel selection ● The set-up curve is shown (Present switch position) 3,7&859(

# 119Airplane 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen When this function is used, the throttle servo operating speed can be slowed down. ( Perfect for turbojet engine throttle control, etc. ) ŏ7KHDPRXQWRIGHOD\FDQEHVHW

"THR DELAY" 

## THR DELAY 

# Throttle delay (ACROBATIC)

Activating the function Delay Rate set ● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e function cannot be used. To use the function, select ACT. (Throttle delay rate) ● It can be set to slow the servo movement up to +100% ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

.

■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ACT" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a function, set to the "INH" side. ■ Delay Rate set 

## + - or 2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key. 

### Range: 0 ~ 100% Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, pr ess the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### THR DELAY 7+5'(/$<

# 120Helicopter (1 second) 

## + END

0(18岜岜岜岜   セント0'/6(/ セント0'/1$0( セント)$,/6$)( セント5(9(56( セント7,0(5 セント6(592 セント(1'32,17 セント75,0 セント68%75,0 セント30,; セント$8;&+$1 セント3$5$0(7(5

0(18岜岜岜岜    セント7(/(0(75< セント6(1625 セント6%86/,1. セント0'/75$16 セント75$,1(5 セント&21',7,21 セント6:+0,; セント6:$6+$)5 セント6:+5,1* セント2))6(7 セント'(/$< セント7+5&87

0(18岜岜岜岜  セント*<526(16 セント'5(;32 セント7+5&859( セント3,7&859( セント5(920,; セント7+5+2/' セント*29(5125 セント+297+5 セント+293,7 /23,7 ط +,セント セント7+50,; /'))1ڀ7+5セント 

# HELICOPTER Function The setting screen of each function is called from the followin g menu. The function when the model type was set to helicopter is displayed here.



# MENU ● When the + keyis pressed for 1 second, the menu screen is displayed. ● When the END key i s p r e s s e d , t h e d i s p l a y r e t u r n s t o t h e h o m e screen.



### MENU

1/3

MENU

2/3

MENU

3/3 (Home screen) 

## PowerON

● F i r s t s e t t h e throttle to slow. ● Then turn on the power.



### (Selection) ● M o v e t h e c u r s o r ( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n d down and to the left and right with the Jog key and select the function . The cursor can be moved over several pages . 

### (Calling the setting screen)

● Press the Jog key to open the setting screen . 

## To menu screen by holding down the + key

0(18岜岜岜岜    セント 0'/6( / セント 0'/1$0 ( セント )$,/6$) ( セント 5(9(56 ( セント 7,0( 5 セント6(59 2 セント(1'3 2 ,1 7 セント 75,0 セント 6 8 %75,0 セント 30,;  セント $ 8 ;&+$ 1 セント 3$5$0(7( 5 

### MEN U

1/ 3

セント 7(/(0(75 < セント 6(16 25 セント 6% 8 6/,1. セント0'/75$1 6 セント 75$,1( 5

# 121Helicopter 

### MENU1/3 MDL-SEL (P.40) Model select / Model Copy / Data reset / RX / Link 

### MDL-NAME (P.43) Model name / User name 

### FAIL SAFE (P.45) Fail safe 

### REVERSE (P.47) Servo reverse 

### TIMER (P.48) Timer 

### SERVO (P.49) Servo monitor / Servo test 

### END POINT (P.50) End point 

### TRIM (P.51) Trim reset / Trim step 

### SUB TRIM (P.52) Sub trim 

### P.MIX1-6 (P.53) Program mixing 1 ~ 6 

### AUX-CHAN (P.56) AUX channel 

### PARAMETER (P.58)Data reset / Model type / ATLtrim / LCD contrast / Back light : mode, time, adjustment / Home display / Battery alarm / Battery vibration / Buzzer tone / Jog navi / Jog light / Jog time / Telemetry : mode, unit / Speech : language, volume / Stick position alarm



### ■ Function MENU2/3 TELEMETRY (P.66) Telemetry Display / Alarm setup 

### SENSOR (P.83) Telemetry sensor 

### SBUS LINK (P.89) S.BUS servo set up 

### MDL-TRANS (P.92) Data transfer of another 10J or 8J 

### TRAINER (P.93) Trainer 

### CONDITION (Idle-up・ Throttlehold) 

### (P.122) Condition 

### SWASH AFR (H-1 removes) 

### (P.123) Swash AFR 

### SWH.MIX (P.124) Swash MIXing 

### SWH.RING (P.126) Swash RING 

### OFFSET (P.127) Trim offset 

### DELAY (P.128) Delay 

### THR.CHT (P.129) Throttle cut 

### (Condition switching at each setting screen)

● Press the jog button for 1 second. When setting conditions with the following function, each setting can be made by switching the condition by pressing the Jog keyfor 1 second. T h r o t t l e c u r v e , P i t c h c u r v e , Pitch → Rudder, Gyro sens, HI/ LO-Pitch, OFFSET, Throttle MIX, THR → Needle, Swash MIX



### MENU3/3 GYRO SENS (P.131) Gyro mixing 

### D/R, EXPO (P.132) Dual rate / EXPO 

### THR-CURVE (P.134) Throttle curve 

### PIT-CURVE (P.136) Pitch curve 

### REVO.MIX (P.138) Revolution mixing (PIT to RUD) 

### THR HOLD (P.140) Throttlehold 

### GOVERNOR (P.141) Governor mixing 

### HOV-THR (P.143) Hovering Throttle 

### HOV-PIT (P.144) Hovering Pitch 

### HI/LO-PIT (P.145) HI/LO-pitch trim 

### THR-MIX (P.146) Swash → Throttle mixing 

### THR-NEEDL (P.147) Throttle → Needle mixing 

### MDL- S E L ( P.40 ) Model select / Model Cop y / Data reset / RX / Lin k 

### M D L-NAM E ( P.43 ) Model name / User nam e 

### FAIL S AFE ( P.45 ) F a il s a fe 

### REVER SE ( P.47 ) S ervo reverse 

### TIME R ( P.48 ) T imer 

### S ERV O ( P.49 ) Servo monitor / Servo tes t 

### END P O IN T ( P.50 ) En d point 

### T R I M ( P.51 ) T rim reset / Trim ste p 

### S UB TRI M ( P.52 ) Su b trim 

### P.MIX1- 6 ( P.53 ) Pro g ram mixin g 1 ~ 6 

### A U X-CHA N ( P.56 ) A U X ch a nnel 

### P A R AMETE R ( P.58 ) Data reset / Model t y pe / ATL

trim / LCD contrast / Back li g ht : mode, time, ad j ustment / Home d ispla y / Batter y alarm / Batter y vibration / Buzzer tone / Jo g navi / Jo g li g ht / Jo g time / T elemetr y : mode, unit / Speech : lan g ua g e, volume / Stick position ala rm 

### TELEMETR Y ( P.66 ) T elemetr y Displa y / Alarm setup 

### SENSO R ( P.83 ) T e l emetr y senso r 

### S BU S LIN K ( P.89 ) S .BU S servo set u p 

### M DL-TRAN S ( P.92 ) D a t a tr a nsfer o f a n o ther 1 0J o r 8J 

### TR AINE R ( P.93 ) T raine r 

### key / LCD

● 

### Jog key ● 

### - key ● 

### + key

● 

### END key



## Refer to "Common Functions" previously described for a description of this function.

# 122Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen The condition switches (idle up 1/2/3 and throttle hold switch) are not operative at initial setting. Switch setting is performed in advance with the condition select function. ŏ,QLWLDOO\VHWWRLGOHXS6Z(FHQWHULGOHXS6Z( IRUZDUG LGOHXS6Z) IRUZDUG WKURWWOHKROG 6Z*IRUZDUG

"CONDITION" 

### CONDITION 

# Condition select (Idle-up・Throttlehold) (HELICOPTER)

■ Activating the function 

## + - or 1 Select the "INH" item of the condition you want to use and set it to "ON" or "OFF" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ● Set conditions you do not want to use to "INH"

. (In the case of change of a switch) ■ Switch selection 

## + - or 2 A cursor is moved to "Switch selection" and a switch is changed by + key or - key

. 

### Range: SwA ~ SwH Default: SwE (IDLE-UP1/2) 、 SwF (IDLE-UP3) 、 SwG (THR-HOLD) ■ Switch direction 

## + - or 3 A c u r s o r i s m o v e d t o "Switch direction" and a s w i t c h d i r e c t i o n i s changed by + key or - key

. 

### Range: ● 2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN ● 3P SW: NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN 

### Condition select Idle-up setting Throttlehold setting ● When not using this Function select INH. The display of On/ Off is shown when active and assigned to a switch.

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. (Activating thefunction) (Switch direction ) (Switch selection ) &21',7,21

# 123Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screenThis is the adjustable function rate (AFR) function when HR3, H-3, HE3, HN3, H-2, H-4, or H4Xis selected as the swash type. The ailerons, elevators, and pitch steering angle and direction can be adjusted.

"SWASH AFR" 

### (When swash type is H-1, this setting screen is not displayed.)

■ Travel adjustment of each function 

## + - or 1 Select each function item of "RATE" and set the rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default: +50% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, pr ess

the + keyand ‒ keysimultaneously. However, polarity does not return. 

### Swash AFR ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

.
Rete ● Depending on the swash type the screen display is different. ● When the polarity is changed, the

direction of operation is reversed.

NOTE: If the steering angle is too large, linkage binding may occur . 

### SWASH AFR 

# Swash AFR (HELICOPTER)

6:$6+$)5

# 124Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen This mixing is used to correct the bad tendencies of the swash plate in the aileron direction and elevator direction relative to aileron, elevator, and pitch operations. It adjusts the rate of the direction that requires correction so that the servo operates smoothly in the proper direction relative to each operation.

ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQDPRXQWRIHDFKFRQGLWLRQFDQEH

VHW ŏ7KH OHIW DQG ULJKW XS DQG GRZQ FRUUHFWLRQ

DPRXQWFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ

"SWH.MIX"

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. Condition Mixing master direction Mixing rate

Activating the function (Present condition)

(Rate)

● When not using this function,

select INH. Example of use: Using to correct bad roll tendencies 1 AIL → ELE is set to ON. 2 ACTION/ON is common to all conditions. The rate of unused cond itions is set to 0%. 3 When the nose drops at right roll and the right side rate is a djusted in the "+"

direction, the elevators move to the up side when the right ail eron is deflected. Left roll can be adjusted by left side rate. However, since the left and right ailerons polarity and elevato rs operating direction relationship is reversed; check the correction direction by swa sh plate operation. 

## SWH. MIX 

# Swash mixing (HELICOPTER)

6:+0,;  

6:+0,; 

# 125Helicopter ■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or
● When you are not using a function, set this to INH. ■ Setup of rate 2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

● ON/OFF of a function, Setup of rate, and a trim, Jog keyis pushed and setting condition can be chosen. 

### Range: NORM, IDL1, IDL2, IDL3, HOLD Swash mixing

# 126Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen This swash mixing function limits swash travelto prevent damage to the switch linkage due to simultaneous aileron and elevator operation. If is effective in 3D aerobatics with a large steering angle.

"SWH.RING" ● Aileron and elevator stick operation is limited

to within the circle (swash mixing) in the figure shown at the right. (When rate is 100%) ← AIL operation →← ELE operation → SwashRing

50% 100% 

## SWH.RING 

# Swash ring (HELICOPTER)

■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● When you do not use a function, set to

the "INH" side. ■ Setup of rate 

## + - or 2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

### Range: 50 ~ 200% Default: 100% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.
NOTE: Adjust the swash mixing rate to the largest swash inclination at which the linkage rod does not interfere. 

### Swash Ring Activating the function Swash Ring rate ● When not using this function, select INH.

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● Adjusts the operable range (swash mixing) of the aileron and elevator sticks. ● Displays the actual aileron a n d e l e v a t o r c o m b i n e d t r a v e l w h e n t h e s t i c k i s manipulated. 6:+5,1*

# 127Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen If this trim offset function is used, independent trim adjustments can be made during hovering and in the air. This function can offset the ailerons, elevators, and rudder neutral position by linking to the set switch or condition. A habit that tends to appear from the standpoint of helicopter characteristics when flying at high speed is possible. This function can correct this habit.

ŏ)RUDFORFNZLVHURWDWLRQURWRUVLQFHWKHKHOLFRSWHU

WLOWVWRWKHULJKWGXULQJÁLJKWXVHWKHRIIVHWIXQFWLRQ WR VHW WKH VZDVKSODWH VR WKDW WKHKHOLFRSWHU WLOWV WR WKH OHIW6LQFH WKHGLUHFWLRQRI WKHHOHYDWRUV LV GLIIHUHQWGHSHQGLQJRQDGMXVWPHQWRIWKHDLUFUDIW GHFLGH WKHVHWWLQJGLUHFWLRQDIWHUÁLJKW:KHQ WKH J\URLVXVHGLQWKH$9&6PRGHDWWKHUXGGHUHWF WKHRIIVHW UDWHLVPDGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJWRPDNH FRUUHFWLRQVDWWKHJ\URVLGH ŏ:KHQWKHVZLWFKZDVVHOHFWHGRIIVHWV\VWHPFDQ

EHVHW IRUDSRVLWLRQVZLWFKDQGRIIVHWV\VWHPV FDQ EH VHW IRU D  SRVLWLRQ VZLWFK /LQNLQJ WR FRQGLWLRQV,'/ ~ +2/'LVDOVRSRVVLEOH ŏ:KHQ WKHRIIVHW IXQFWLRQLVRQGDWDDGMXVWPHQWLV

SRVVLEOHHYHQE\GLJLWDOWULP7KHWULPDGMXVWHGUDWH LVLQSXWLQ WKHDLU:KHQ WKHRIIVHW IXQFWLRQLV21 WKHLQLWLDOVFUHHQWULPGLVSOD\LVOLQNHG

"OFFSET" 

## OFFSET 

# Trim offset (HELICOPTER)

■ Activating the function 

## + - or 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" or "OFF" b y pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ● When you do not use a function, set to the

"INH" side. ■ Switch selection 

## + - or 2 Select the "SW" item and then select the switch by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: Cond, SwA ~ SwH

■ Switch direction and condition selection 3 Select the switch direction and condition you want to set at the switch direction and condition items. ■ Offset rate 4 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the offset rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -120 ~ +120% Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### Trim offset ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. Activating the function Switch direction, Selection of condition Offset rate Switch selection ● When not using this Function select INH. The display of On/Off is shown when active and assigned to a switch. (Present condition ) ● When "Cond" is chosen,

if Jog key is pushed for 1 second, it will change t o e a c h c o n d i t i o n setting screen.



## + - or 2))6(7

# 128Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen This function prevents sudden offset changes ZKHQWKHRIIVHWSLWFKĺUXGGHUPL[LQJDQGWKURWWOH hold functions are turned on and off. ŏ'HOD\FDQEHVHWDWWKHDLOHURQVHOHYDWRUVUXGGHU WKURWWOHDQGSLWFK ŏ 7 K H  V H W  G H O D \  L V  F RPP R Q  W R  W K H  R I I V H W 

SLWFK ń UXGGHUPL[LQJDQGWKURWWOHKROGIXQFWLRQV

"DELAY" 

## DELAY 

# Delay (HELICOPTER)

■ Delay rate set 

## + - or up 1 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the delay rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: 0 ~ 100% Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, pr ess

the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### Delay rate ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. Delay rate ● Linked to the offset, revolution mixing, and throttle hold functions and turned "ON". ● The delay is maximum at 100%. '(/$<

# 129Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen This function cuts (stops) the engine or motor by stick operation. At throttle operation, the rate is adjusted to the position which completely cuts the throttle servo or ESC when the throttle is operated. At function operation, this position is held regardless of the throttle stick position.

ŏ125(6&RSHUDWLRQPRGH VZLWFKLQJ )RUPRWRU

DLUFUDIWVHOHFW(6&)RUPRWRUDLUFUDIW WKH WKURWWOH SRVLWLRQZKHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHWFDQEH VHW VR WKHPRWRUZLOOQRWXQH[SHFWHGO\UXQDWKLJKVSHHG ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOHFXW IXQFWLRQ LV UHVHW:KHQ WKH WKURWWOHVWLFNLVKLJKHUWKDQWKHVHWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ WKH WKURWWOHFXW IXQFWLRQ LVQRW UHVHWHYHQ LI WKH VZLWFKLV VHW WR2))6HW WRD VDIH WKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ VORZVLGH ŏ)XQFWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHG IURPDPRQJ

VZLWFKHV$ ~ + ŏ6HWWKHWKURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQIRUVDIHW\DOVR

"THR.CUT" 

## THR.CUT 

# Throttle cut ( HELICOPTER )

Mode Activating the function Cut Position rate Throttle Position Switch selection Switch direction ● When not using this Function select INH. The display of On/ Off is shown when active and assigned to a switch. ● Adjusts the rate to the position

t h a t c o m p l e t e l y c u t s t h e throttle servo or ESC. ● The "THR" item can be set when the operation mode i s " E S C " . T h e n u m b e r i n parentheses is the current throttle stick position. ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch. ○ 2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN ○ 3P SW: NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN 7+5&87

# 130Helicopter ■ Mode 1 Select the "MODE" item and then select the mode by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Range: NOR, ESC Default: NOR ● "NOR" :Engine plane

"ESC" :Electric motor plane ■ Activating the function 2 Select the "MIX" item and then select the off by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● When you do not use a function, set to the

"INH" side.

■ Switch selection 3 Select the "SW" item and then select the switch by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Range: SwA ~ SwH Default: SwA ■ Switch direction 4 Select the "POSI" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key at the ON direction selection item. 

## + - or 

### Range: ● 2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN ● 3P SW: NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

■ Cut Position rate 5 Select the "RATE" item and then select the cht position by pressing the + keyor ‒ key (motor stop). 

## + - or ● It adjusts to the position where an engine

is cut. 

### Range: -30 ~ 0 ~ +30% Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value

to the initial value, press the + keyand ‒ key simultaneously. (In the case of ESC ) ■ Function release Throttle Position 6 Select the "THR" item and then select the release position by THR stick is lowered and Jog key is pressed for 1 second.

● Set to a safe low throttle position. 

### Range: 0 ~ 100% Default: 15% Throttle Cut

# 131Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen This mixing adjusts the gyro sensitivity from the transmitter. The AVCS gyro (GY mode) or normal gyro (STD mode) can be selected. Up to 3 axes can be set.

ŏ7KHVHQVLWLYLW\FDQEHOLQNHGWRWKHFRQGLWLRQ&RQG

RUDQDUELWUDU\VZLWFKDQGVHW ŏ:KHQ WKH*<PRGHZDVVHOHFWHG $9&RU 125 LVGLVSOD\HGDWWKHVHQVLWLYLW\VHWWLQJYDOXH ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VHWWLQJ FKDQQHO FDQEH VHOHFWHG

IURP WKH58'&+58'$,/&+&+58' (/( &+&+RU 58'$,/(/( &+&+&+ FRPELQDWLRQV

"GYRO SENS" 

### (For helicopters Gyro mixing) 

### GYRO SENS 

# Gyro mixing (HELICOPTER)

■ Activating the function 

## + - or 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ● When you do not use a function, set to the

"INH" side. ■ Gain switch selection 

## + - or 2 Select the "SW" item and then select the switch by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: Cond, SwA ~ SwH
■ Gain channel selection 

## + - or 3 S e l e c t t h e "CH" item and t h e n s e l e c t the sensitivity setting channel by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

### Range: RUD, RUD/AIL, RUD/ELE, RUD/AIL/ELE Default: RUD ■ Gyro type and sensitivity setting 4 Press the Jog keyand select the sensitivity setting screen you want to set and then set "type" (gyro type) and "rate" (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by pressing the +keyor ‒ key

. ( "type" )Range: STD,GY Default: STD ( "rate" )Range: 0 ~ 100% (STD), NOR100 ~ 0 ~

AVC100% (GY) Default: 50% (STD), 0% (GY) ● When you want to return the set value to the initial

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### Gyro setup Activating the function Gain channel selection Switch direction Gyro type,

Gain rate ● When not using this function, select INH. Gain switch direction (Present switch position)
● Switches to the sensitivity setting s c r e e n o f e a c h switch direction when the Jog key is pressed. ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. (Gyro type) (Gyro Gain set) ● When a Futaba GY gyro is used, gyro type "GY" is selected. Thi s switches the gyro sensitivity

setting item to the mode and sensitivity direct reading display

. *<526(16

# 132Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen

Channel selection

Switch direction Dual rate EXPO Switch selection ● The channel under selection is underlined. (present switch position ) ● The dual rate and exponential

settings are displayed by a curve. ● Channel selection/Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● Jog key is pushed for 1 second, a condition screen will change. < Channel > 1:Aileron 2:Elevator 4:Rudder (Switch number) (Rate) 

### D/R The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 steps

ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRI WKH VZLWFKRUFRQGLWLRQ7KHOHIWDQG

ULJKWXSDQGGRZQGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLG XDOO\ 

### EXP This function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral position. Adjustments can be made in 2 steps according to the control surface angle. ŏ7KHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKHVLGHPD NHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH

QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHU YRWUDYHO:KHQWKHVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYH ŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH'5LVSRVVL EOH([FHSWWKURWWOH7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFK

VZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKWXSDQGGRZQGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKF KDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\ 

### Switch selection(SW) Switches A to H can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate (exponential) switch. ŏ6HOHFW : 6ZLWFK ~ 6ZLWFK+ / FRQGLWLRQ : &RQG ŏ'HIDXOW : $LOHURQ : 6ZLWFK' / (OHYDWRU : 6ZLWFK$ / 5XGGHU : 6ZLWFK%

"D/R,EXPO" 

## D/R,EXPO 

# Dual rate / EXPO (HELICOPTER)

# 133Helicopter

■ Channel selection 1 Select the "SW" item and then select the channel with the Jog key

.



### Range: 1, 2, 4 ■ Switch selection 2 A switch or Cond is chosen by + keyor ‒ key. 

## + - or 

### Range: SwA ~ SwH, Cond ● When "Cond" is chosen, a setup is possible for every condition. ■ Channel selection 1 A channel is chosen by Jog key

.



### Range: 1, 2, 4 ■ Switch direction 2 Select the "No" item and then select the switch direction or condition by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

.



## + - or ■ D/R Setup of rate 3 Select each function item of "D/R" and set the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Range: 0 ~ 140% Default: 100% ● When you want to return the set value

to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ keysimultaneously. Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and s tick by repeating step

■ Channel selection 1 A channel is chosen by Jog key

.



### Range: 1, 2, 4 ■ Switch direction 2 Select the "No" item and then select the switch direction or condition by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

.



## + - or ■ EXP Setup of rate 3 Select the "EXP" item and then adjust the rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% 、Default: 0%

● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ keysimultaneously. Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and s tick by repeating step 

### Dual rate

EXPO ● Moving to another setting item of the same channel is possible by Jog key

.

● Moving to another setting item of the same

channel is possible by Jog key

. 

### Switch Change

# 134Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen The throttle curve function sets a 5 point curve in relation to the throttle stick movement and adjusts each point over the 0 ~ 100% range so that the HQJLQHVSHHGLVRSWLPXPIRUÀLJKW ŏ1RUPDO125LGOHXS,'/LGOHXS,'/DQG LGOHXS,'/WKURWWOHFXUYHVFDQEHVHW ŏ7KHQRUPDO125LGOHXS,'/LGOHXS,'/

DQGLGOHXS,'/VZLWFKFDQEHSUHVHWDW WKH FRQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ


### (Normal throttle curve adjustment method) The normal throttle curve creates a basic throttle curve center ed near hovering. This curve is adjusted together with the normal pitch curve so that engine sp eed is constant and up/down control is easiest. The normal throttle function is always on. 

### (Idle up 1/2/3 throttle curve adjustment method) The idle up curves are set so that the engine maintains a const ant speed even when the pitch is reduced during flight. Curves matched to the purpose such as loo p, roll and 3D are created and idle up curves 1/2/3 are by aerobatics.

"THR-CURVE" 

### THR-CURVE 

# Throttle curve(For helicopters ) (HELICOPTER)

Activating the function Setting condition 5point curve rate ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● When not using this Function select INH. The display of On/ Off is shown when active and assigned to a switch. A display when normal is "---" (alwaysON)

. ● The THR-CURVE settings are

displayed by a curve.

(Rate) (Present condition) 

# CAUTIONS [Operation precautions] When starting the engine, always set idle up sticks 1/2/3 to OFF and start the engine at idling.

7+5&859(

# 135Helicopter 

### ● Throttle curve setting examples

(Normal) (Idle-up1) (Idle-up2) ■ Curve copying method 1 Select the "CND" item and switch to the curve copy mode by pressing the Jog key

. 2 Press the + key or ‒ keyand select the copy destination condition.



## + - or 3 Copy the condition by pressing the Jog keyfor 1 second. (1 second) ■ Activating the throttle curves (ID1/2/3) 

## + - or 1 Select the "MIX" item and set to "ON" or "OFF" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ● For the normal condition, "---" is displayed. (Always ON) ● When you do not want to use an idle up curve, set to

"INH". 

### Range: NOR, ID1, ID2, ID3

■ 5 point curve setting 2 Select the setting item of each point (P-1 ~ P-5) with the Jog keyand set the travel of each point by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: 0 ~ 100% Default: P-5: 100% P-4: 75% P-3: 50% P-2: 25% P-1: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### Throttle curve

0 100

50

25 75

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 %

STICKRATE (The example of a setting ) P5=100.0% P4= 65.0% P3= 50.0% P2= 30.0% P1= 0.0%

0 100

50

25 75

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 % P5=100.0% P4= 75.0% P3= 50.0% P2= 54.0% P1= 56.0%

STICKRATE (The example of a setting )

0 100

50

25 75

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 % P5=100.0% P4= 75.0% P3= 65.0% P2= 65.0% P1= 67.0%

STICKRATE (The example of a setting )

NOTE: Set the actual value of the throttle curve according to the fus elage specifications

. 

## + - or

# 136Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen The pitch curve function allows setting by a 5 point curve in relation to throttle stick movement and adjustment of each point over the -100% ~ +100% range so that the pitch enters the optimum ÀLJKWVWDWH ŏ1RUPDO125LGOHXS,'/LGOHXS,'/LGOH XS ,'/DQGKROG +/'SLWFKFXUYHVFDQEH VHW ŏ7KHQRUPDO125LGOHXS,'/LGOHXS,'/

LGOHXS'/DQGKROG+2/'VZLWFKHVFDQEH SUHVHWDWWKHFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ NOTE: When the hold switch is on, the hold function has priority even though an idle up switch is in any position.


### (Normal curve adjustment method) The normal pitch curve creates a basic pitch curve centered nea r hovering. This curve is adjusted together with the throttle pitch curve so that engine speed is constant and up/down control is easiest. 

### (Idle up 1/2/3 curve adjustment method) The high side pitch curve sets the maximum pitch that does not apply a load to the engine. The low side pitch curve is created to match the purpose such as loop, roll, and 3D. The idle up 1/2/3 curves are used by aerobatics. 

### (Throttle hold curve adjustment method) The throttle hold curve is used when performing auto rotation d ives. Set the intermediate pitch to match the stick work at pitch up.

"PIT-CURVE" 

## PIT-CURVE 

# Pitch curve (For helicopters ) (HELICOPTER)

Activating the function Condition 5point curve rate ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● When not using this Function select INH. The display of On/ Off is shown when active and assigned to a switch. When normal,"---" (always ON) is displayed. ● The PIT-CURVE settings are

displayed by a curve.

(Rate) (Present condition) 3,7&859(

# 137Helicopter 

### ● Pitch curve setting examples

(Normal)

(Hold) (Idle-up1) (Idle-up2) -100 +100

0

-50 +50

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 %

P5= +70% P4= +50% P3= +6% P2= -40% P1= -70%

STICKRATE (The example of a setting )

-100 +100

0

-50 +50

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5

%

P5= +100% P4= +50% P3= 0% P2= -50% P1= -100%

STICKRATE (The example of a setting ) -100 +100

0

-50 +50

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 %

P5= +40% P4= +10% P3= -10% P2= -40% P1= -70%

STICKRATE (The example of a setting )

-100 +100

0

-50 +50

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 %

P5= +40% P4= +10% P3= -10% P2= -50% P1= -80%

STICKRATE (The example of a setting )

NOTE: Set the actual value of the pitch curve according to the fuselage specifications. ■ Activating the pitch curves (ID1/2/3, HLD) 

## + - or 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" or "OFF" b y pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ● For the normal condition, "---" is displayed. (Always ON) ● When you do not want to use an idle up, hold curve, set

to "INH". 

### Range: NOR, ID1, ID2, ID3, HLD

■ 5 point curve setting 2 Select the setting item of each point (P-1 ~ P-5) with the Jog keyand set the travel of each point by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default: P-5: +100% P-4: +50% P-3: 0% P-2: -50% P-1: -100% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### Pitch curve

■ Curve copying method 1 Select the "CND" item and switch to the curve copy mode by pressing the Jog key

. 2 Press the + key or ‒ keyand select the copy destination condition.



## + - or 3 Copy the condition by pressing the Jog keyfor 1 second. (1 second) 

## + - or

# 138Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 7KH SLWFKĺUXGGHUPL[LQJ IXQFWLRQ FRQWUROV the pitch of the tail rotor to suppress the reaction torque (force that attempts to swing the helicopter in the direction opposite the direction of rotation of the main rotor) generated by the main rotor pitch and speed. It is adjusted so that the pitch of the tail rotor is also changed when the main rotor pitch changes and reaction torque appears and so that the nose does not swing to the left and right. However, when the AVCS mode is used with a GY 6HULHVJ\URSLWFKĺUXGGHUPL[LQJLVXQQHFHVVDU\ ŏ7KHQRUPDO125LGOHXS,'/DQGLGOHXS ,'/UDWHVFDQEHVHW ŏ7KHKLJKVLGHDQGORZVLGHUDWHVFDQEHDGMXVWHG ŏ)RU D FORFNZLVH URWDWLRQ URWRU WKH RSHUDWLQJ

GLUHFWLRQ LV VHW VR WKDW WKH UXGGHU LVPL[HG LQ WKH ULJKWGLUHFWLRQZKHQ WKHSLWFKEHFRPHVSOXV)RU DFRXQWHUFORFNZLVH URWDWLRQ URWRU WKH VHWWLQJ LV RSSRVLWH7KHRSHUDWLQJGLUHFWLRQ VHWWLQJ UHYHUVHV WKHUDWHSRODULW\ &:URWDWLRQ/RZVLGH/2:KLJKVLGH+,*+  &&: URWDWLRQ /RZ VLGH /2:  KLJK VLGH +,*+ * 7KHDERYHYDOXHVDUH WKH LQLWLDOYDOXHV5HSODFH WKHPZLWKWKHDFWXDOVHWWLQJYDOXHV


### Adjustment procedure First, trim at hovering and then adjust the neutral position. 

### (Normal pitch → 

### rudder mixing) ● Throttle low side (slow while hovering) adjustment Repeatedly hover from take off and land from hovering at a cons tant rate matched to your own rhythm, and adjust pitch → rudder mixing so that the nose does not deflect when the throttl e is raised and lowered. If the nose points to the left when landing from hovering or po ints to the right when taking off, when hovering stabilizes and the stick moves to the neutral position, low sid e mixing rate is probably too large and when the nose points in the opposite direction, low side rate is pro bably too small. However, when landing, the direction of the nose may not stabilize depending on the state on the ground. The direction of the nose may also become unstable when rotation of the rotor does not rise. ● Throttle high (up to climbing from hovering and diving hoverin g) adjustment Repeat up to climbing from hovering and diving hovering matche d to your own rhythm and adjust pitch → rudder mixing so that the nose does not deflect to the lef t and right when the throttle is raised and lowered. If the nose points to the right when climbing from hov ering, the high side mixing rate is too large and if the nose points to the right, the mixing rate is too small. Repeat climbing and diving and make adjustment while taking the balance. 

### (idle-up1/2,3Pitch → Ruddermixing) This mixing sets the mixing rate so that the rudder direction is straight forward at high speed flight.

"REVO.MIX" 

## REVO.MIX 

# Pitch → Rudder mixing (HELICOPTER)

# 139Helicopter ■ Activating the function 

## + - or 1 Select the " M I X " i t e m a n d t h e n select the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. ● When you do not use a function, set to

the "INH" side. ■ Selection of condition 

## + - or 2 Select the "CND" item and selection of condition by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

### Range: NORM, IDL1/2, IDL3

■ Setup of rate 

## + - or 3 Select each function item of "HI" or "LO" and set the rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default(NORM): -20%(LOW)、+20%(HIGH)

Default(IDL1/2/3): 0%(LOW)、0%(HIGH) ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### Pitch → Ruddermixing Activating the function

Selection of condition High side Setup of rate Low side Setup of rate ● When not using this function, select INH. (present switch position )

● Select the setting item

with the Jog key

. (Rate) 5(920,;

# 140Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen The throttle hold function fixes or stops the engine throttle position by hold switch operation during an auto rotation dive. Operation can be set within the -50% ~ +50% range based on the throttle trim position. The switch is changed at the conditions selection screen. (Initial setting: SwG)

【Hold position adjustment method】 ● When you want to lower the engine idling, set to the "+" direc tion and adjust so that the carburetor is full open. ● When maintaining idling, set the throttle stick to the slow po sition and turn the hold switch on and off and set to the number at which t he servo does not operate. NOTE: When connecting the throttle linkage, lower the digital trim to the slowest and adjust so that the carburetor is full open. "THR HOLD" 

## THR HOLD 

# Throttle hold (HELICOPTER)

Activating the function

hold throttle position ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● When not using this Function select INH. The display of On/ Off is shown when active and assigned to a switch.

■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" or "OFF" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a function, set to the "INH" side. ■ Hold throttle position 

## + - or 2 Select the "RATE" item and then ad j ust the rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -50 ~ +50% Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, pr ess

the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### Throttle hold 

# CAUTIONS [NOTE]Priority is given to throttlehold over idle-up.

● Function ACT ↔ INH is linked to condition THR-HOLD, and can be set at any screen. 7+5+2/'

# 141Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen When a governor (CGY750/GY701/GV-1, etc.) is used, the speed can be adjusted from the transmitter. CH7 or CH8 or CH9 can be selected as the speed setting control channel. When using a separate ON/OFF switch (cut switch), ON/OFF control uses CH8. In this case, CH7 or CH9 controls speed setting. Setting examples: ● Example of setting that switches the speed and ON/OFF by 3 pos ition switch Governor speed (setting example) 3position Adjustment from transmitter Switch direction Setup of rate R.P.M 1:OFF UP 0% 0%(Governor R.P.M "off") R.P.M 2:1400 CNTR 50% "50%" R.P.M 3:1700 DOWN 100% "100%" *For example, speed 3 sets

the maximum speed to be used and is lowered and adjusted at the transmitter. *For the time being use the initial rate setting. *Since speed adjustment from the transmitter is rate setting, checking the actual speed at the governor display and remembering its relationship is convenient. ● Switching the speed for each condition The speed for each condition can be set by selecting "Cond" by switch. Since speed adjustment from the

transmitter is rate setting, for the actual speed check the gov ernor display. ● Controlling governor ON/OFF by separate switch When a separate switch is used to turn the governor on and off, switch setting is performed by "OFF-CNTRL" item. *Speed and ON/OFF switch settings are different depending on th e governor. Perform these settings in

accordance with the instruction manual of the governor used. *At throttle hold, always confirm that the governor is OFF. Conv ersely, when raising the speed value, reverse

the polarity of "CH8".

"GOVERNOR" 

### GOVERNOR 

# Governor mixing (HELICOPTER)

Activating the function Switch selection Setup of rate ● When "INH", the function cannot be used. When you want to use CH7 as the speed setting channel, select "CH7" and when you want to use CH8(9), select "CH8(9)".

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. (Rate) ● The above screen shows the case when the speed is

set for each condition. *29(5125

# 142Helicopter ■ A c t i v a t i n g t h e f u n c t i o n(R . P. M C H selection) 

## + - or 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "CH7""CH8" or "CH9" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ● When you do not use a function, set to the

"INH" side. ■ Switch selection 

## + - or 2 S e l e c t t h e "MODE" item and then select the switch by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: Cond, SwA ~ SwH

■ R.P.M set 

## + - or ting 3 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: 0.0 ~ 100.0% Default: ( Cond ) NORM=0.0%, IDL1=50.0%, IDL2=100.0%, IDL3=100.0%, HOLD=0.0% (2P Switch selection ) UP=0.0%, DOWN=100.0% (3P Switch selection) UP=0.0%, CNTR=50.0%, DOWN=100.0% (When using an ON/OFF switch) *Select the OFF-CTRL item and then adjust the rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ■ ON/OFF Switch selection 

## + - or 1 Select the "SW" item and then select the switch by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: SwA ~ SwH Default: SwA ■ Switch direction 

## + - or 2 Select the "POSI" by pressing the + key or ‒ key at the ON direction selection item. ● 2P SW: UP, DOWN ● 3P SW: UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN

(When number of rotations goes up at the time of Throttlehold )

*If the speed is increased at throttle hold, the governor and t ransmitter operating directions will not

coincide. In this case, match the operating directions by rever sing the polarity of "CH8".



### Governor mixing

What is a governor ? A governor is made up of a set of sensors which read the RPM of the helicopterʼ s head, and a control unit that automatically adjusts the throttle setting to maintain a constant head speed regardless of changes in pitch of blades, weather conditions, etc. Governors are extremely popular in competition helicopters due to the consistency provided. How does it help in helicopter setup? The governor eliminates the need to spend large amounts of time setting up throttle curves, as it automatically adjusts the engineʼ s RPM to maintain the desired head speed.

# 143Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen The hovering throttle function trims the throttle near the hovering point. When the hovering throttle knob is turned clockwise, the speed increases and when it is turned counterclockwise, the speed decreases. Rotor speed changes due to changes in the temperature, humidity, and other flying conditions can be trimmed. Adjust for the most stable rotor speed. More precise trimming is possible by using this function together with the hovering pitch function. ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQFRQGLWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHGIURPRQO\

QRUPDORUQRUPDOLGOHXS

"HOV-THR" 

## HOV-THR 

# Hovering throttle (HELICOPTER)

■ Activating the function 

## + - or 1 Select the " M I X " i t e m a n d t h e n select the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. ● When you do not use a function, set to

the "INH" side. ■ Selection of condition 

## + - or 2 Select the "MODE" item and then select condition by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: NORM, NORM/IDL1 Default: NORM ■ VR setting 3 Select the "VR" item and then select the "VR" or "DT" by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. Range:NULL (OFF) , +VR, -VR, +DT5, -D T5,

+DT6, -DT6 Default: +DT6 (Memorizing the hovering throttle adjustment position) ■ Memory setting 4 Select the "RATE" item and memorize the current trim position by pressing the Jog key

. ● When the knob is returned to the center after memorization, the trim position returns to its previous position. [NOTE] If memorization is repeated at the same position, the value is cumulated. 

### Hovering Throttle Activating the function

Trim memory settting VR setting Selection of condition ● When "INH", the function cannot be used. To use the function, switch to "ON". (Compensation amount at trim

memory) (Actual compensation amount

including the hovering throttle knob) ● The knob operating direction is different depending on the polarity. ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● NORM:Only the normal condition operates ● NORM/ID L1:It operates by normal condition and

idle-up1. +297+5

# 144Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen The hovering pitch function trims the pitch near the hovering point. When the hovering pitch knob is turned clockwise, the pitch gets stronger and when it is turned counterclockwise, the pitch gets weaker. Rotor speed changes due to changes in temperature, humidity, and other flying conditions can be trimmed. Adjust for the most stable rotor rotation. More precise trimming is possible by using this function together with the hovering throttle function. ŏ7KH RSHUDWLQJ FRQGLWLRQ FDQEH VHOHFWHG IURP

QRUPDORQO\DQGQRUPDOLGOHXS ŏ7KH W ULP SRVL WLRQ FDQ EH PHPR UL]HG , I L W LV

PHPRUL]HGEHIRUHWKHPRGHOPHPRU\LVFKDQJHG WKHRULJLQDO WULPVWDWHFDQEH UHWULHYHGE\PHUHO\ VHWWLQJ WKH NQRE WR WKH FHQWHU ZKHQ WKH WULP SRVLWLRQLVUHFDOOHG

"HOV-PIT" 

## HOV-PIT 

# Hovering pitch (HELICOPTER)

■ Activating the function 

## + - or 1 Select the " M I X " i t e m a n d t h e n select the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. ● When you do not use a function, set to

the "INH" side. ■ Selection of condition 

## + - or 2 Select the "MODE" item and then select condition by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: NORM, NORM/IDL1 Default: NORM
■ VR setting 

## + - or 3 Select the "VR" item and then select the "VR" or "DT" b y pressing the + key or ‒ key

. Range:NULL (OFF) , +VR, -VR, +DT5, -D T5,

+DT6, -DT6 Default: -VR (Memorizing the hovering pitch adjustment position) ■ Memory setting 4 Select the "RATE" item and memorize the current trim position by pressing the Jog key

. ● When the knob is returned to the center after memorization, the trim position returns to its previous position. [NOTE] If memorization is repeated at the same position, the value is cumulated. 

### Hovering Pitch Activating the function

Trim memory settting VR setting Selection of condition ● When "INH", the function cannot be used. To use the function, switch to "ON". (Compensation amount at trim

memory) (Actual compensation amount

including the hovering pitch knob) ● The knob operating direction is different depending on the polarity ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● NORM:Only the normal condition operates ● NORM/ID L1:It operates by normal condition and

idle-up1. +293,7

# 145Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen The high/low pitch trim function adjusts the pitch servo high side and low side to the optimum SLWFKLQGLYLGXDOO\IRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQQRUPDO idle up 1/2/3, hold). ŏ7KH KLJK SLWFK DQG ORZ SLWFK WULP OHYHUV DQG RSHUDWLQJGLUHFWLRQ FDQEH VHOHFWHG 7KH WULP OHYHUVRSHUDWHLQFRPPRQIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQDQG DXVHGRQRWXVH WULP OHYHUFDQEH VHOHFWHG IRU HDFKIXQFWLRQ

"HI/LO-PIT" 

## HI/LO-PIT 

# HI/LO-pitch trim (HELICOPTER)

■ Selection of condition 

## + - or 1 Select the setting condition selection i t e m a n d s e l e c t the condition by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ■ DT, VR adjustment ON, OFF selection 2 Select ON, OFF by pressing the + keyor ‒ keyat the high side or low side "ADJ" item. ■ TYP selection 3 Select trim or VR by pressing the + keyor ‒ keyat the "TYP" item. 

### Range: +DT5, -DT5, +DT6, -DT6,+VR, -VR ● The high side or low side pitch can be adjusted with the selected digital trim or VR. ■ Adjustment by Key operation 4 Select each function item of "HI-PIT" or "LO-PIT" and set the pitch rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: 60 ~ 100% Default: 100% HI/LO-pitch trim Selection of condition High side Pitch

Trim ON,OFF High side trim (Low side same) (Present condition )

(Actual adjustment position

including high pitch trim) ● Selected from among DT5, DT6, and VR. The operation d i r e c t i o n i s d i f f e r e n t depending on the polarity (+, -). ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. +,/23,7

# 146Helicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen This mixing compensates for slowing of the helicopter when the ailerons, elevators, and rudder are operated.

ŏ7KHFRPSHQVDWLRQDPRXQWFDQEH VHW IRUHDFK

FRQGLWLRQ ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQDPRXQWOLPLWVWKHWKURWWOHKROGSRLQW RUKLJKHVWSRLQWRSHUDWLRQ

"THR-MIX" 

## THR-MIX 

# Throttle mixing (HELICOPTER)

■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or
● When you do not use a function, set to the "INH" side. ■ Setup of rate 

## + - or 2 Select each function item of "MIX" and set the rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: 0 ~ 100% (RUD → THR : -100 ~ +100% ) Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. ● The setting condition can be selected by pressing the Jog key at rate adjustment. 

### Range: NORM, IDL1, IDL2, IDL3 Throttle mixing Activating the function Condition
Mixing ● When not using this function, select INH. (Present condition)

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. (Rate) 7+50,;

# 147Helicopter 

## Function

8CH

This mixing sets the mixture by a 5 point curve in relation to throttle stick movement when the engine is equipped with a mixture control system (needle control or other mixture adjustment). Normal condition (NOR) idle up use (ID2) and idle up 3 (ID3) can be set independently. The needle servo connects to CH8 of the transmitter. 

## Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen "THR → NEEDL" 

### THR → 

### NEEDL 

# Throttle → Needlemixing( For helicopters 

# ) (HELICOPTER)

Activating the function Condition 5 point curve set ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● When not using this function, select INH. (Present condition)

● T h e C U R V E s e t t i n g s a r e displayed by a curve.

■ Activating the function 

## + - or 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" or "OFF" b y pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ● When you do not use a function, set to the "INH" side. ● When such, setting condition can be chosen by pressing Jog key

. 

### Range: NOR, I12, ID3 ■ 5 point curve set 

## + - or ting 2 Select the setting item of each point (P-1 ~ P -5) with the Jog key and set the travel of each point by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: 0.0 ~ 100.0% Default: P-5: 100.0% P-4: 75.0% P-3: 50.0% P-2: 25.0% P-1: 0.0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### Throttle → Needlemixing

■ Curve copying method 1 Select the "CND" item and switch to the curve copy mode by pressing the Jog key

. 2 Press the + keyor ‒ keyand select the copy destination condition. 

## + - or 3 Copy the condition by pressing the Jog keyfor 1 second. (1 second) /'))1 ڀ 7+5

# 148Glider 

### 0(18岜岜岜岜$)   セント0'/6(/ セント0'/1$0( セント)$,/6$)( セント5(9(56( セント7,0(5 セント6(592 セント(1'32,17 セント75,0 セント68%75,0 セント30,; セント$8;&+$1 セント3$5$0(7(5
0(18岜岜岜岜$)    セント7(/(0(75< セント6(1625 セント6%86/,1. セント0'/75$16 セント75$,1(5 セント$,/',)) '58ڀ$,/セント セント97$,/ セント*<526(16

0(18岜岜岜岜$)    セント'5(;32 セント02725 セント&21',7,21 $,/ڀ'58セント セント&$0%5岜)/3 セント&$0%5岜0,; セント%877(5)/< )/)ڀ$0%5&セント $0%5&ڀ)/)セント $0%5&ڀ$,/セント /(%5.ڀ$,/セント セント75,00,; (1 second) 

## + END $) 

# Glider function The setting screen of each function is called from the followin g menu. The function when the model type was set to glider (2AIL+4FLP) is displayed here.



# MENU ● When the + keyis pressed for 1 second, the menu screen is displayed. ● When the END key i s p r e s s e d , t h e d i s p l a y r e t u r n s t o t h e h o m e screen. ● F i r s t s e t t h e throttle to slow. ● Then turn on the power.



### MENU

1/3

MENU

2/3

MENU

3/3 (Home screen) 

## Power ON

(Selection) ● M o v e t h e c u r s o r ( h i g h l i g ht e d ) u p a n d down and to the left and right with the Jog key and select the function. The cursor can be moved over several pages.


### (Calling the setting screen)

Ɣ Press the Jog key to open the setting screen. 

## To menu screen by holding down the + key

0(18岜岜岜岜$)    セント 0'/6(/ セント 0'/1$0 ( セント )$,/ 6 $) ( セント 5(9(5 6( セント 7,0(5 セント 6(59 2 セント (1'3 2 ,17 セント 75,0 セント 6 8 %75,0 セント 30,;  セント $8;&+$1 セント 3$5$0(7(5 

### MENU

1/ 3

セント 7(/(0(75< セント 6(16 2 5 セント 6% 8 6/,1. セント 0'/75$1 6 セント 75$,1(5

# 149Glider 

### ■ The menu item is an example of WING type 2 ailerons + 4 flaps. T he menu items can be changed according to the WING type. For example, if WING type is 1AIL, since the item blinks, reference only the item of the WING type used. Relevant WING type display → Key / LCD

● 

### Jog key ● 

### - key ● 

### + key

● 

### END key $)



### MENU 3/3 D/R, EXPO (P.154) Dual rate / EXPO 

### MOTOR SW (P.156) Motor switch 

### CONDITION (P.157) Condition 

### RUD → AIL (P.158) Rudder → Aileron mixing 

### CAMBR FLP (P.159) Camber flap mixing 

### CAMBR MIX (P.160) Camber mixing 

### BUTTERFLY (P.161) Butterfly mixing 

### CAMBR → ELE (P.162) Camber → Elevator mixing 

### ELE → CAMBR (P.163) Elevator → Camber mixing 

### AIL → CAMBR (P.165) Aileron → Camber mixing 

### AIL → BRKFL (P.166) Aileron → Brake flap 

### TRIM MIX (P.167) Trim MIX 

### 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F WING TYPE



### MENU1/3 MDL-SEL (P.40) Model select / Model Copy / Data reset / RX / Link 

### MDL-NAME (P.43) Model name / User name 

### FAIL SAFE (P.45) Fail safe 

### REVERSE (P.47) Servo reverse 

### TIMER (P.48) Timer 

### SERVO (P.49) Servo monitor / Servo test 

### END POINT (P.50) End point 

### TRIM (P.51) Trim reset / Trim step 

### SUB TRIM (P.52) Sub trim 

### P.MIX1-6 (P.53) Program mixing 1 ~ 6 

### AUX-CHAN (P.56) AUX channel 

### PARAMETER (P.58)Data reset / Model type / ATLtrim / LCD contrast / Back light : mode, time, adjustment / Home display / Battery alarm / Battery vibration / Buzzer tone / Jog navi / Jog light / Jog time / Telemetry : mode, unit / Speech : language, volume / Stick position alarm 

### ■ Function MENU2/3 TELEMETRY (P.66) Telemetry Display / Alarm setup 

### SENSOR (P.83) Telemetry sensor 

### SBUS LINK (P.89) S.BUS servo set up 

### MDL-TRANS (P.92) Data transfer of another 10J or 8J 

### TRAINER (P.93) Trainer 

### AIL-DIFF (P.150) Aileron Differential 

### AIL → RUD (P.151) Aileron → Rudder 

### V-TAIL (P.152) V-Tail 

### GYRO SENS (P.153) Gyro mixing 

### MDL- S E L ( P.40 ) Model select / Model Cop y / Data reset / RX / Lin k 

### M D L-NAM E (P.43 ) Model name / User nam e 

### F AIL S AFE ( P.45 ) Fail sa f e 

### R EVER SE ( P.47 ) S ervo reverse 

### TIME R (P.48 ) T imer 

### SERV O ( P.49 ) Servo monitor / Servo tes t 

### E ND POIN T ( P.50 ) En d point 

### TRI M (P.51 ) T rim reset / Trim ste p 

### S UB TRI M (P.52 ) S ub trim 

### P .MIX1- 6 (P.53 ) Pro g ram mixin g 1 ~ 6 

### AUX- C HA N ( P.56 ) A UX c h anne l 

### P ARAMETE R (P.58 ) Data reset / Model t y pe / AT L

trim / LCD contrast / Back li g ht : mode, time, ad j ustment / Home displa y / Batter y alarm / Batter y vibration / Buzzer tone / Jo g navi / Jo g li g ht / Jo g time / T elemetr y : mode, unit / Speech : lan g ua g e, volume / Stick position ala rm 

### TELEMETR Y (P.66 ) T elemetr y Displa y / Alarm setup 

### SENSO R ( P.83 ) T e l emetr y senso r 

### SB U S LIN K ( P.89 ) S .BU S servo set u p 

### M DL-TRAN S ( P.92 ) Data trans f er o f another 10J or 8J 

### T R AINE R ( P.93 ) T raine r 

## Refer to "Common Functions" previously described for a description of this function.

# 150Glider 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F WING TYPE


### Two servos can be used for ailerons and a differential can be applied to left and right aileron operation. Connect the left aileron to CH1 (AIL) and the right aileron to CH7.

ŏ7KHXSDQGGRZQDQJOHRIWKHOHIWDQGULJKWDLOHURQ

FRQWUROVXUIDFHFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\

"AIL-DIFF" 

## AIL-DIFF 

# Aileron differential (GLIDER)

■ Aileron control surface angle adjustment 1 Select the "RATE-AIL1" item and then move the aileron stick to the left and right and adjust the travel of each by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -120 ~ +120% Default: +100% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, pr ess

the + keyand ‒ keysimultaneously.However, polarity does not return. (Adjust the RATE-AIL2 item the same as 2 .)



### Aileron Differential Aileron1 ( CH1 ) rate Aileron2 ( CH7 ) rate (Aileron rate) L :Aileron Stick Left side rate R :Aileron Stick Right side rate
● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. 

### CH1

CH7

$,/',))

# 151Glider 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F WING TYPE

■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● When you do not use a function, set to the "INH" side. ■ Mixing rate 

## + - or 2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + keyand ‒ keysimultaneously.However, polarity does not return. 

### Aileron → Rudder Use this mix when you want to mix the rudder with aileron operation. This allows the aircraft to bank at a steep angle. ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH

OLQNDJHDGMXVWPHQWVFDQEHPDGHE\FKDQJLQJ WKHUDWHSRODULW\

"AIL → RUD" 

## AIL → RUD 

# Aileron → Rudder (GLIDER)

Activating the function Rate adjustment ● When not using this function, select INH.

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● The ON/OFF switch can be changed. (Selected with the Jog key and changed with the +key) ● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch. ● When condition was used, the display

can be switched and each connection can be set by switching the condition switch. 崐嵓嵕嵛ڀ嵑崨嵤 0,;セント ,1+ 5$7(セント1250

326,セント'2:1

6:セント6:$ 

### '58 ڀ $,/

ON

ON ON ON
OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON

OFF ON ON OFF

OFF ON OFF

ON OFF OFF NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN 3 Position Switch

ON

ON ON
OFF ON OFF NULL UP DOWN 2 Position Switch

# 152Glider 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F WING TYPE 

### This mixing is used with V tail aircraft that combine the elevator and rudder functions.

"V-TAIL" 

## V-TAIL 

# V-Tail (GLIDER)

CH2 Servo CH4 Servo Elevator ELE1 ELE2 Rudder RUD2 RUD1

Activating the function ELE1 rate ELE2 rate RUD2 rate RUD1 rate ● W h e n I N H i s s e l e c t e d , t h e function cannot be used. To use the function, select ACT. (Rate adjustment)

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ACT" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● W h e n y o u d o n o t u s e a function, set to the "INH" side. ■ Rate adjustment 

## + - or 2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing rate by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default: +50% (only ELE2 : -50% ) ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, pr ess

the + keyand ‒ keysimultaneously.However, polarity does not return. NOTE: We recommend that setting be performed while moving the stick a nd checking the amount of movement. If the amount of movement is too large, elevator and rudder operat ion will be compounded and the servo travel range will be exceeded and a dead band in which the servo will not op erate may be created. 

### V-TAIL CH2 ( CH4 ) CH4 ( CH2 ) 

### V-tail

97$,/

# 153Glider 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F WING TYPE 

### This function is dedicated mixing for switching the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/ NORMAL) of Futaba airplane use gyros. Up to 3 axes can be set.

ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQEH VHOHFWHGDQG WKH

VHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRI WKH VZLWFKFDQEH VHW 6ZLWFKHV$ WR+,I WKHDLUSODQH VWDOOVGXULQJ IOLJKW WKH J\URZLOO ORVH FRQWURO RI WKH SODQH·V DWWLWXGH ) URP WKH VWDQGSRLQW R I VD IHW\ ZH UHFRPPHQGWKDWWKH2))SRVLWLRQDOVREHVHW XVLQJDSRVLWLRQVZLWFK ŏ&+ &+&+ &+&+ R U &+&+&+

FRPELQDWLRQVFDQEH VHOHFWHGDV WKH VHQVLWLYLW\ VHWWLQJFKDQQHO

"GYRO SENS" 

## GYRO SENS 

# Gyro sensor (GLIDER)

■ Activating the function 

## + - or 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ● When you do not use a function, set to the

"INH" side. ■ Sensitivity switch selection 2 Select the "SW" item and then select the switch by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

.



### Range: SwA ~ SwH、 Default: SwA ■ Sensitivity setting channel selection 

## + - or 3 S e l e c t t h e "CH" item and t h e n s e l e c t the sensitivity setting channel by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

### Range: CH5、CH5/CH7、 CH5/CH8、CH5/CH7/CH8 Default: CH5 ■ Gyro type and sensitivity setting 4 Press the Jog keyand select the sensitivity setting screen you want to set and then set "type" (gyro type) and "rate" (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. ( "type" )Range: STD,GY Default: STD ( "rate" )Range: 0 ~ 100% (STD), NOR100 ~ 0 ~

AVC100% (GY) Default: 50% (STD), 0% (GY) ● When you want to return the set value to the initial

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### GYRO SENS Activating the function Gain Channel selection Switch direction Gyrotype, Gain rate ● When not using this function, select INH. Sensitivity switch selection (Current switch operating direction) ● Switches to the sensitivity setting screen of each switch direction when the Jog key is pressed. ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. (Gyro type) (Gyro Gain) ● When using a Futaba GYA gyro, select gyro type GY. This switch es the gyro sensitivity setting

item to mode and sensitivity direct reading display.



## + - or *<526(16

# 154Glider 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F WING TYPE 

### D/R The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 steps

ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKH VZLWFK7KHOHIWDQGULJKWXSDQGGRZQ

GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\ 

### EXP This function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral position. Adjustments can be made in 2 steps according to the control surface angle. ŏ7KHVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQGWKHVLGHPD NHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDUWKH

QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOHVHU YRWUDYHO:KHQWKHVLGHLVLQFUHDVHGWKH VORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLWLYH ŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH'5LVSRVVL EOH([FHSWWKURWWOH7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFK

VZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKWXSDQGGRZQGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKF KDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\ 

### Switch selection(SW) Switches A to H can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate (exponential) switch. ŏ'HIDXOW : $LOHURQ : 6ZLWFK' / (OHYDWRU : 6ZLWFK$ / 5XGGHU : 6ZLWFK%

"D/R, EXPO" 

## D/R,EXPO 

# Dual rate / EXPO (GLIDER)

Channel selection Dual rate EXPO Switch selection ● The channel under selection is underlined. (Switch Direction) ● The dual rate and exponential settings are displayed by a curve. ● Channel selection/Select the setting item with the Jog key

. < Channel > 1:Aileron 2:Elevator 3:Throttle 4:Rudder (Switch number) (D/R and EXPO rate display) Top row;Left side / down Bottom row;Right side / up

# 155Glider 1 Select the "SW" item and then select the channel with the Jog key

.



### Range: 1, 2, 4 2 A switch is chosen by + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or 

### Range: SwA ~ SwH Switch Change 1 A channel is chosen by Jog key

.


### Range: 1, 2, 4 2 Adjust the rate by moving the cursor to D/R with the Jog key , switching the dual rate switch to the direction you want to set, moving the stick to the left (down) or right (up) side and pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: 0 ~ 140% Default: 100% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + keyand ‒ key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and s tick by repeating step

1 Select the "EXP" item and then select the channel with the Jog key

.


### Range: 1~4 2 Adjust the rate by moving the cursor to EXP with the Jog key , switching the dual rate switch to the direction you want to set, moving the stick to the left (down) or right (up) side and pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100%

Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + keyand ‒ key simultaneously. Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and s tick by repeating step 

### D/R

EXPO 

## +

+ -

- ● Moving to another setting item of the same channel is possible by Jog key

.

● Moving to another setting item of the same channel is possible by Jog key

.

# 156Glider 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F WING TYPE 

### This function sets the operating motor when the EP glider with motor is started by switch. The operating speed can individually set in 2 ranges of high from slow and slow from high. If you do motor control with a throttle stick, you should set this function to INH. ŏ)RU VDIHW\ WKH212)) VZLWFKRI WKHDLUFUDIWLWVHOI FDQEHVHW ŏ,ID WUDQVPLWWHUSRZHU VXSSO\LV VZLWFKHGRQZKLOH

WKHPRWRU 6: KDV EHHQ 21 WKH ZDUQLQJ ZLOO RSHUDWH%HVXUHWRVZLWFKRQDSRZHUVXSSO\ZLWK WKHPRWRUVWDUWVZLWFK2))

"MOTOR SW" 

## MOTOR SW 

# Motor switch (GLIDER)

027256: 02'(セント 2)) 

63(('セント2))セント2)) 2))21 6$)(6:セント6:$セント'2:1 67576:セント6:'セント'2:1 326,セントセント ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

.

■ Activating the function 

## + - or 1 Select the "MODE" item and then select the "OFF" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ● When you do not use a function, set to the

"INH" side. ■ Switch selection 

## + - or 2 Change the switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key at the switch selection item. 

### Range: SwA ~ SwH
■ Switch direction 

## + - or 3 S e l e c t t h e "DOWN" it em and then select the position by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ● 2P SW: UP, DOWN ● 3P SW: UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR,

C&DN, DOWN ■ Speed setting 4 Select "SPEED " next to (OFF) and (ON) by Jog key

. Range: OFF,1 ~ 10(more slowly) ● 

### (ON) is the acceleration speed setting. ● 

### (OFF) is the deceleration speed setting. 

### Motor ● Start SW

● Accelerating speed setting ● Decelerating speed setting ● If this safety switch is not ON, the motor will not start even if the starter switch is turned on. In "NULL" , a safe function does not work. ● A setup of the motor controlposition (3CH end point)of Highside and Low-side ● Present motor control position

Always remove the propeller from the motor during setting and at operation checks. Ŷ7KHUHLVWKHGDQJHURIWKHSURSHOOHUVSLQQLQJXQH[SHFWHGO\DQG FDXVLQJDVHULRXVLQMXU\ 

### DANGER

# 157Glider 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F WING TYPE

・ $LOHURQń5XGGHU ・ 5XGGHUń$LOHURQ

・ &DPEHU)/3 ・ &DPEHU0,; ・ %XWWHUÁ\

・ &DPEHUń(/( ・ (/(ń&DPEHU ・ $,/ń&DPEHU

・ $,/ń%5.)/ ・ 7ULPPL[ 

### The condition function lets you change multiple settings by one switch operation. Different settings can be made immediately by switching 2 conditions. ŏ7KH IXQFWLRQV WKDWFDQEHFKDQJHGE\FRQGLWLRQ DUH

"CONDITION" 

### CONDITION 

# Condition ( GLIDER )

■ Activating the function 

## + - or 1 Select the "INH" item of the condition you want to use and then set that condition to "ON" or "OFF" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. ● Set conditions you do not want to use to "INH". (Changing the switch) ■ Switch selection 

## + - or 2 Change the switch by pressing the + key or ‒ key a t t h e s w i t c h selection item. 

### Range: SwA ~ SwH Default: SwA ■ Switch direction 

## + - or 3 Select the ON direction by pressing the + keyor ‒ keyat the ON direction selection item. 

### Range: ● 2P SW: NULL, UP, DOWN ● 3P SW: NULL, UP, UP&D, UP&C, CNTR, C&DN, DOWN 

### CONDITION Condition1
Condition2 ● W h e n n o t u s i n g t h i s F u n c t i o n s e l e c t I N H . The display of On/Off is shown when active and assigned to a switch.
● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● P r i o r i t y i s g i v e n t o t h e c o n d i t i o n 2 w h e n t h e condition 1 and 2 is turned on simultaneously. &21',7,21

セント ,1+ セント6:$セント'2:1 セント,1+セント6:$セント'2:1

(Activating the function) (Switch direction) (Switch selection)

# 158Glider 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F WING TYPE

■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● When you do not use a function, set to the "INH" side. ■ Mixing rate 

## + - or 2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100% Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + keyand ‒ keysimultaneously.However, polarity does not return. 

### RUD → AIL This function is used when you want to mix the ailerons with rudder input. It is used when rudder is applied during roll maneuvers such as, knife edge flight. It can be used to turn orbank scale models, large models, etc. like a fullsize aircraft. ŏ:KHQ WKH PL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH OLQNDJHDGMXVWPHQWVFDQEHPDGHE\FKDQJLQJ WKHUDWHSRODULW\

"RUD → AIL" 

## RUD → AIL 

# Rudder → Aileron (GLIDER)

Activating the function Mixing rate ● When not using this function, select INH.

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● The ON/OFF switch can be changed. (Selected by Jog keyand changed by + key .) ● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch. ● When condition was used, the display

can be switched and each connection can be set by switching the condition switch.

ON

ON ON ON
OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON

OFF ON ON OFF

OFF ON OFF

ON OFF OFF NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN 3 Position Switch

ON

ON ON
OFF ON OFF NULL UP DOWN 2 Position Switch $,/ڀ'58 0,;セント ,1+ 5$7(セント1250

326,セント'2:1

6:セント6:$

# 159Glider 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F WING TYPE 

### 7KHXSGRZQWUDYHORIHDFKÀDSFDPEHUÀDSV )/3 EUDNH IODSV )/3 FDQ EH DGMXVWHG independently for each servo according to the ZLQJW\SH7KHFDPEHUÀDSVRSHUDWHVE\'7DQG WKHEUDNHÀDSVRSHUDWHVE\'7 ŏ7KHD[LVRIHDFKÁDSFDQEHVKLIWHG ŏ7KH FRQWURO VZLWFK FDQ EH FKDQJHG E\ $8;

FKDQQHO

"CAMBR FLP" 

## CAMBR FLP 

# Camber flap (GLIDER)

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

.

● The number is changed by + key or ‒ key

. ● Offset rate ● Up side rate

● Selection of whether or not mixing from brake FLP to camber FLP is performed ● Brake FLP to camber FLP mixing rate and offset (axis shift)

● Brake FLP to camber FLP mixing switch selection ● Brake FLP to camber FLP mixing switch operation direction ● Down side rate ● Flap1 D T5 a n d D T6 s e t t h e a m o u n t o f m o v e m e n t w h e n the flap is operated.

● Flap2 ● Flap3 ● Flap4

Camber FLP 2page [Brakeflap → Camberflap] (Currently selected condition) Aileron1 (CH1)

Aileron2 (CH7) Flap4 (Brake Flap) (CH9) Flap3 (Brake Flap) (CH8) Flap2 (Camber Flap) (CH6) Flap1 (Camber Flap) (CH5)



### &$0%5岜)/3  

&$0%(5)/$3 57572)6 )セント  セントセント )セントセントセント )セントセントセント )セントセントセント

/3(岜$0%5& 1250ق   5)$0%&岜岜ڀ/$3()%5$. 57572)6 )/セント  セントセント 0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1 

## + -

# 160Glider 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F WING TYPE

"CAMBR MIX" 

## CAMBR MIX 

# Camber mixing (GLIDER)

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

.

● The number is changed by + key or ‒ key

.

● Amount of compensation of the elevator when the camber changed. ● Flap1 ● Aileron1 ● Camber MIX ACT/INH Sets the amount of movement when the VR was turned.

Sets the amount of movement when the VR is turned.

● Flap2 ● Aileron2 ● Can be set to operate from a switch. When NULL, it is operated by a VR.

● Flap3 ● Flap4 ● Elevator [Camber FLP 2page] (Currently selected condition) (Currently selected condition) &$0%5岜0,;1250   5$7(5$7( $,/セント  セント $,/セントセント 0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1

&$0%5岜0,;1250   5$7(5$7( )/3セント  セント )/3セントセント )/3セントセント )/3セントセント (/(セントセント 

## + - All the wing control surfaces are lowered and the camber is increased (lift increases) Attitude changes are compensated for by setting the amount of elevator movement.Attitude changes are compensated for by setting the amount of elevator movement. Turn the VR All the wing control surfaces are raised and the camber is decreased (lift decreases) 

### This function adjusts the rate of camber operation for the wing camber (ailerons, camber flaps, brake flaps) in the negative and positive directions. The aileron, flap, and elevator rates can also be adjusted independently and attitude changes caused by camber operation can be corrected. ,QLWLDOVHWWLQJDVVLJQVFDPEHURSHUDWLRQWRVLGHOHYHU'7 ŏ2SHUDWLRQFDQEHWXUQHGRQDQGRIIE\VZLWFK ŏ95FDQEHFKDQJHGE\$8;FKDQQHO

(RATE1): T h e a m o u n t o f operations when VR is turned to the right. (RATE2): T h e a m o u n t o f operations when VR is turned to the left.

# 161Glider 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F WING TYPE

"BUTTERFLY" 

## BUTTERFLY 

# Butterfly mixing (GLIDER)

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

.

● The number is changed by + key or ‒ key

. ● A m o u n t o f e l e v a t o r compensation

● Current THR stick position 0% : Low 100% : High ● Aileron1

● Butterfly : ACT/INH

● Offset setting ‒Select "OFST" XX%.

Amount of movement setting

● Aileron2

● Can be either set to a switch or when NULL is controlled by the THR stick. (Currently selected condition) %877(5)/<岜岜岜1250  $,/セント  )/3セント  )/3セント  )/3セント  )/3セント  $,/セント (/(セント 0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1 2)67セント   

## + - Switch set to ON THR stick lowered (High) Resistance increased by raising the elevators and lowering the flaps Fine tuning of an elevator ON OFF

High THR stick operation

THR stick operation Brake amount MAX

Brake amount MAX 

### OFST ▶ 100%

OFST ▶60% Slow

High

Start from 60%

Slow At THR stick high press the Jog key for 1 second

press the Jog key for 1 second At THR stick 60% 

### This function is utilized to quickly slow the aircraft and reduce altitude by simultaneously raising the left and right ailerons and lowering the ÀDSVFDPEHUÀDSEUDNHÀDS Butterfly (Crow) produces an extremely HI¿FLHQWODQGLQJFRQ¿JXUDWLRQE\DFFRPSOLVKLQJ WKHIROORZLQJ  6ORZWKHDLUFUDIW·VYHORFLW\  3URYLGHZDVKRXWDW WKHZLQJ WLSV WR UHGXFH WKH WHQGHQF\WRWLSVWDOO  &UHDWHPRUH OLIW WRZDUG WKHFHQWHURI WKHZLQJ DOORZLQJLWWRÁ\DWDVORZHUVSHHG ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJ IOLJKW FDQEH WXUQHG212))E\

VHWWLQJDVZLWFK ŏ 7KH SRLQ W D W ZKLFK WKH EX W WH U IO\ RSH UD WLRQ

UHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEHRIIVHW ŏ7KHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG

● When MIX is set to ACT, the amount of MIX(s) according to stick operation is displayed.

● When offset is set below a center, the mixing of THR stick operates by the high side.

# 162Glider 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F WING TYPE

Flap2 (CH6) Flap1 (CH5)

Elevator (CH2)

■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● When you do not use a function, set to the "INH" side. ■ Mixing rate 

## + - or 2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -120 ~ +120% Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### Camber → ELE mixing "CAMBR → ELE" 

## CAMBR → ELE 

# Camber → Elevator mixing (GLIDER)

Mixing rate Activating the function ● When not using this function, select INH.

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● The ON/OFF switch can be changed. (Selected with the Jog key and changed with the +key) ● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch. ● (RATE1) and (RATE2) s h o w t h e direction of camber of operation. ● When condition is used, the display

can be switched and each connection can be set by switching the condition switch. c o m p e n s a t e d for by elevators Flap operation pitch change 

### When the camber/speed flaps are utilized, the aircraft might experience, a change in pitch. This mix compensates for such changes by incorporating elevator input. ŏ 7KH HOHYD WR U VH UYRV XSGRZQ UD WHV FDQ EH

DGMXVWHG VHSDUDWHO\ ,I WKHPL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHGFKDQJHWKHPL[LQJUDWHSRODULW\RU2 ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJ IOLJKW FDQEH WXUQHG212))E\

VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW6:>18//@VHWWLQJ

ON

ON ON ON
OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON

OFF ON ON OFF

OFF ON OFF

ON OFF OFF NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN 3 Position Switch

ON

ON ON
OFF ON OFF NULL UP DOWN 2 Position Switch 1250)/)ڀ$0%5& 5$7(5$7( (/(セント  セント 0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1

# 163Glider 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F WING TYPE

● (RATE1) and (RATE2) show the direction of elevator of operation. Aileron1 (CH1)

Aileron2 (CH7) Flap4 (Brake Flap) (CH9) Flap3 (Brake Flap) (CH8) Flap2 (Camber Flap) (CH6) Flap1 (Camber Flap) (CH5)

Elevator (CH2)

"ELE → CAMBR" 

## ELE → CAMBR 

# Elevator → Camber mixing (GLIDER)

Up the elevator

flap is down

1250$0%5&ڀ)/)  5$7(5$7( )/3セント  セント )/3セントセント )/3セントセント )/3セントセント 1250$0%5&ڀ)/)   5$7(5$7( $,/セント  セント $,/セントセント 0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1 5$1*(セント ● Select the setting item with the Jog key.

● The number is changed by + key or ‒ key

. ● Current position of the elevator stick ● Described on the next page.

● Flap1 ● Aileron1 ● Camber MIX ACT/INH Mixing rate

Mixing rate

● Flap2 ● Aileron2 ● Can be either set to a switch or when NULL is always active.

● Flap3 ● Flap4 [ELE → Camber 2page] (Currently selected condition) (Currently selected condition)



## + - This function is used when you want to mix the FDPEHUÀDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ:KHQXVHG the flaps are lowered by up elevator, and lift is increased. ŏ,QÁLJKWPL[LQJFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\DVVLJQLQJ WKLVWRDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW6:>18//@VHWWLQJ ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG ŏ6HWWLQJVRWKDWWKHÁDSVDUHQRWRSHUDWHGQHDUWKH

FHQWHURIWKHHOHYDWRUVLVSRVVLEOH5$1*(

# 164Glider 

### (ELE → Camber ) 1250$0%5&ڀ)/)   5$7(5$7( $,/セントセント $,/セントセント 0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1 5$1*(セント  

1250$0%5&ڀ)/)   5$7(5$7( $,/セントセント $,/セントセント 0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1 5$1*(セント   ● Setting that inhibits camber mixing near the elevator center p osition. Setting so

that camber mixing is performed only when the elevators were op erated greatly is possible. 

### RANGE setting ■ Setting state 1 Select the "0%" item next to RANGE with the Jog key

.

Can be either up or down. When set to down, the up side is also set by the same amount.

When elevator operation exceeds the range, the stick position is displayed and mixing is performed. ● When a RANGE number is selected and the Jog keyis pressed for 1 second, RANGE is reset to 0% and normal mixing is performed. ■ To setting value 2 Move the elevator stick to the position you want operation to begin.

■ Set value memorization 3 Press the Jog key for 1 second.

Hold the stick in position. ● When MIX is set to ACT, the amount of MIX(s) according to stick operation is displayed.

# 165Glider 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F WING TYPE

Set switch to ON Ailerons operation Roll is corrected by using the ailerons to control the camber FLP. ON OFF

■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● When you do not use a function, set

to the "INH" side. ■ Mixing rate 

## + - or 2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -120 ~ +120% Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### AIL → Camber mixing 7KLVPL[LQJOLQNVWKHFDPEHUÀDSVZLWKDLOHURQ operation (stick). It is used when you want to increase roll axis maneuverability. ŏ:KHQ WKHPL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH OLQNDJHDGMXVWPHQWVFDQEHPDGHE\FKDQJLQJ WKHUDWHSRODULW\

"AIL → CAMBR" 

## AIL → CAMBR 

# Aileron → Camber mixing (GLIDER)

Mixing rate Activating the function ● When not using this function, select INH.

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● The ON/OFF switch can be changed. (Selected with the Jog key and changed with the +key) ● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch. ● When condition was used, the display can be switched and each connection can be set by switching the condition switch.

ON

ON ON ON
OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON

OFF ON ON OFF

OFF ON OFF

ON OFF OFF NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN 3 Position Switch

ON

ON ON
OFF ON OFF NULL UP DOWN 2 Position Switch Flaps and ailerons operate

1250$0%5&ڀ$,/ /()75,*+7 )/3セント  セント )/3セントセント 0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1

# 166Glider 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F WING TYPE

Set the switch to ON Ailerons operation Roll is corrected by using the ailerons to control the brake FLP. ON OFF

■ Activating the function 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" by pressing the + key or ‒ key

. 

## + - or ● When you do not use a function, set to the "INH" side. ■ Mixing rate 

## + - or 2 Select the "RATE" item and then adjust the mixing rate by pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -120 ~ +120% Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### AIL → BRKFL mixing This mixing links the brake flaps with aileron operation (stick). It is used when you want to increase roll axis maneuverability. ŏ:KHQ WKHPL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG E\ WKH OLQNDJHDGMXVWPHQWVFDQEHPDGHE\FKDQJLQJ WKHUDWHSRODULW\

"AIL → BRKFL" 

### AIL → BRKFL 

# Aileron → Brake flap mixing (GLIDER)

Mixing rate Activating the function ● When not using this function, select INH.

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. ● The ON/OFF switch can be changed. (Selected with the Jog key and changed with the +key) ● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch. ● When condition was used, the display can be switched and each connection can be set by switching the condition switch.

ON

ON ON ON
OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON

OFF ON ON OFF

OFF ON OFF

ON OFF OFF NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN 3 Position Switch

ON

ON ON
OFF ON OFF NULL UP DOWN 2 Position Switch Flaps and ailerons operate

1250/(%5.ڀ$,/ /()75,*+7 )/3セント  セント )/3セントセント 0,;セント,1+

6:セント6Z$セント'2:1

# 167Glider 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1F 2AIL+2F 2AIL+4F WING TYPE 

### This function shifts the ailerons, elevators, and HDFKÀDSWULPWRWKHSUHVHWSRVLWLRQE\PHDQVRID switch. ŏ7KHVHUYRVSHHGDWZKLFKWULPLVWRWKHVHWSRVLWLRQ FDQEHVHW

"TRIM MIX" 

## TRIM MIX 

# Trim mix (GLIDER)

● Select the setting item with the Jog key

.

● The ON/OFF switch can be changed. (Selected with the Jog key and changed with the +key) ● Sets the ON/OFF direction of the selected switch. ● When condition is used, the display

can be switched and each connection can be set by switching the condition switch. Trim of each control surface is moved to the set value.

● Sets the trim neutral position of each control surface. Range: -100 ~ +100 Returned to 0 by pressing the + key and ‒ keysimultaneously.

ON

ON ON ON
OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON

OFF ON ON OFF

OFF ON OFF

ON OFF OFF NULL UP UP&DWN UP&CNT CENTER CNT&DN DOWN 3 Position Switch

ON

ON ON
OFF ON OFF NULL UP DOWN 2 Position Switch Elevator (CH2) ON OFF

Set the switch to ON Aileron1 (CH1)

Aileron2 (CH7) Flap4 (Brake Flap) (CH9) Flap3 (Brake Flap) (CH8) Flap2 (Camber Flap) (CH6) Flap1 (Camber Flap) (CH5)

75,00,;  0,;セント ,1+

6:セント6Z$ セント'2:1 $,/セント2)) )/3セント2)) (/(セント2)) '(/$< Activating the function ● When not using this function, select INH.

● Servo speed at which the trim position is to the set position. Sudden attitude changes are prevented by turning the switch on. (Selected by Jog keyand changed by + keyand ‒ key .) Range: OFF(fast shift) 、1 ~ 10(slow shift) Returned to OFF by pressing the Jog keyfor a long time. *This is not the servo speed when the stick was

operated. 75,00,;1250   )/3セント  )/3セント  )/3セント  )/3セント  $,/セント  $,/セント  (/(セント  [TRIM MIX page1]

[TRIM MIX page2] ● The number is changed by + key or ‒ key

.



## + -

# 168Multicopter 

### 0(18岜岜岜岜   セント0'/6(/ セント0'/1$0( セント)$,/6$)( セント5(9(56( セント7,0(5 セント6(592 セント(1'32,17 セント75,0 セント68%75,0 セント30,; セント$8;&+$1 セント3$5$0(7(5

0(18岜岜岜岜   セント7(/(0(75< セント6(1625 セント6%86/,1. セント0'/75$16 セント75$,1(5 セント&175$/50 セント'5(;32

セント*<526(16 (1 second) 

## + END 

# Multicopter Function

MENU ● When the + keyis pressed for 1 second, the menu screen is displayed. ● When the END key i s pressed, the display returns to the home screen. ● F i r s t s e t t h e throttle to slow. ● Then turn on the power.



### MENU

1/2

MENU

2/2 (Home screen) 

## Power ON

(Selection) ● M o v e t h e c u r s o r

(highlighted) up and down and to the left and right with the Jog key and select the function. The cursor can be moved over several pages.



### (Calling the setting screen)

● Press the Jog key to open the setting screen. 

## To menu screen by holding down the + key The setting screen of each function is called from the followin g menu. The function when the model type was set to multicopter (MULTI COPT) is displayed here.

0(18岜岜岜岜   セント 0'/6(/ セント 0'/1$0 ( セント )$,/6$)( セント 5(9(56 ( セント 7,0(5 セント 6(59 2 セント (1'3 2 ,1 7 セント 75, 0 セント 68%75, 0 セント30,;  セント $8;&+$ 1 セント 3$5$0(7( 5 

### MENU

1/ 2

セント 7(/(0(75< セント 6(16 2 5 セント 6%86/,1 . セント 0'/75$1 6 セント 75$,1(5

# 169Multicopter 

### MENU1/3 MDL-SEL (P.40) Model select / Model Copy / Data reset / RX / Link 

### MDL-NAME (P.43) Model name / User name 

### FAIL SAFE (P.45) Fail safe 

### REVERSE (P.47) Servo reverse 

### TIMER (P.48) Timer 

### SERVO (P.49) Servo monitor / Servo test 

### END POINT (P.50) End point 

### TRIM (P.51) Trim reset / Trim step 

### SUB TRIM (P.52) Sub trim 

### P.MIX1-6 (P.53) Program mixing 1 ~ 6 

### AUX-CHAN (P.56) AUX channel 

### PARAMETER (P.58)Data reset / Model type / ATLtrim / LCD contrast / Back light : mode, time, adjustment / Home display / Battery alarm / Battery vibration / Buzzer tone / Jog navi / Jog light / Jog time / Telemetry : mode, unit / Speech : language, volume / Stick position alarm 

### ■ Function MENU2/3 TELEMETRY (P.66) Telemetry Display / Alarm setup 

### SENSOR (P.83) Telemetry sensor 

### SBUS LINK (P.89) S.BUS servo set up 

### MDL-TRANS (P.92) Data transfer of another T10J 

### TRAINER (P.93) Trainer 

### GYRO SENS (P.170) Gyro mixing 

### D/R, EXPO (P.171) Dual rate / EXPO 

### CNTR ALRM (P.173) Center alarm 

### MDL- S E L (P.40 ) Model select / Model Cop y / Data r eset / RX / Lin k 

### M D L-NAM E ( P.43 ) Model name / User nam e 

### F AIL S AF E ( P.45 ) Fail safe 

### R EVER SE ( P.47 ) S erv o reverse 

### TIME R ( P.48 ) T im e r 

### SERV O (P.49 ) S ervo monitor / Servo test 

### E ND POIN T ( P.50 ) En d point 

### TRI M ( P.51 ) T rim reset / Trim ste p 

### SU B TRI M ( P.52 ) Sub trim 

### P .MIX1-6 ( P.53 ) P ro g ram mixin g 1 ~ 6 

### AUX- C HA N ( P.56 ) AUX c h anne l 

### P ARAMETE R ( P.58 ) Data reset / Model t y pe / ATL

trim / LCD contrast / Back li g ht : m ode, time, ad j ustment / Home displa y / Batter y alarm / Batter y vibration / Buzzer tone / Jo g n avi / Jo g li g ht / Jo g time / T elemetr y : mode, unit / Speech : lan g ua g e, volume / Stick position a l arm 

### TELEMETR Y ( P.66 ) T elemetr y Displa y / Alarm setup 

### S ENS OR (P.83 ) T e l emetr y sensor 

### S BU S LIN K ( P.89 ) S .BU S servo set up 

### M DL-TRAN S (P.92 ) D ata transfer of another T10J 

### T RAINE R (P.93 ) T r a iner 

### key / LCD

● 

### Jog key ● 

### - key ● 

### + key

● 

### END key



## Refer to "Common Functions" previously described for a description of this function.

# 170Multicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen

■ Activating the function 

## + - or 1 Select the "MIX" item and then select the "ON" by pressing the + keyor ‒ key. ● When you do not use a function, set to the

"INH" side. ■ Sensitivity switch selection 2 Select the "SW" item and then select the switch by pressing the + keyor ‒ key.



### Range: SwA ~ SwH、 Default: SwA ■ Sensitivity setting channel selection 

## + - or 3 S e l e c t t h e

" CH" item and t h e n s e l e c t the sensitivity setting channel by pressing the + key or ‒ key. 

### Range: CH5、CH5/CH7、 CH5/CH8、CH5/CH7/CH8 Default: CH5 ■ Gyro type and sensitivity setting 4 Press the Jog key and select the sensitivity setting screen you want to set and then set “type” (gyro type) and “rate” (gyro sensitivity) of each channel by pressing the +keyor ‒ key

. (" type ")Range: STD,GY Default: STD (" rate ")Range: 0 ~ 100% (STD), NOR100 ~ 0 ~

AVC100% (GY) Default: 50% (STD), 0% (GY) ● When you want to return the set value to the initial

value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 

### GYRO SENS



## + - or 

### This function is dedicated mixing for switching the gyro sensitivity and gyro mode (AVCS/ NORMAL) of Futaba gyros. Up to 3 axes can be set. The attitude control of multicopter uses the system of multicopter attachment. This "GYROSENS" will be used for accessories, such as camera control. ŏ7KH VHQVLWLYLW\ VZLWFK FDQEH VHOHFWHGDQG WKH VHQVLWLYLW\RIHDFKGLUHFWLRQRI WKH VZLWFKFDQEH VHW6ZLWFKHV$WR+ ŏ&+ &+&+ &+&+ R U &+&+&+

FRPELQDWLRQVFDQEH VHOHFWHGDV WKH VHQVLWLYLW\ VHWWLQJFKDQQHO *When this function is used, it becomes impossible for

CH5 to use it for multi copter controller . Use CH6 for multi copter controller and use SwC .

" GYRO SENS " 

## GYRO SENS 

# Gyro sensor (MULTICOPT)

Activating the function Gain Channel selection Switch direction Gyrotype, Gain rate ● When not using this function, select INH. Gain switch selection (Current switch operating direction) ● S w i t c h e s t o t h e sensitivity setting screen of each switch direction when the Jog key is pressed. ● Select the setting item with the Jog key

. (Gyro type) (Gyro Gain) ● When using a Futaba GYA gyro, select gyro type GY. This switch es the gyro sensitivity setting

item to mode and sensitivity direct reading display. *<526(16

# 171Multicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen D/R The aileron, elevator and rudder channel control surface angle can be switched in 2 steps

ŏ7KHFRQWUROVXUIDFHDQJOHLVDGMXVWHGE\HDFKGLUHFWLRQRIWKH VZLWFK7KHOHIWDQGULJKWXSDQGGRZQ

GLUHFWLRQRIHDFKVZLWFKFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\ 

### EXP This function makes operation more pleasant by changing the operating curve so that servo movement is sluggish or sensitive relative to stick operation near the aileron, elevator, throttle, and rudder neutral position. Adjustments can be made in 2 steps according to the control surface angle. ŏ7KH ́μVLGHPDNHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVOXJJLVKDQG WKH ́μVLGHPD NHVVHUYRPRYHPHQWVHQVLWLYHQHDU

WKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ([SRQHQWLDOLVDSSOLHGWRHQWLUHWKURWWOH VHUYRWUDYHO:KHQWKH ́μVLGHLVLQFUHDVHG WKHVORZVLGHEHFRPHVVOXJJLVKDQGWKHKLJKVLGHEHFRPHVVHQVLW LYH ŏ6HWWLQJFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRHDFKUDWHRIGXDOUDWH'5LVSRVVL EOH([FHSWWKURWWOH7KHGLUHFWLRQRIHDFK

VZLWFKDQGWKHOHIWDQGULJKWXSDQGGRZQGLUHFWLRQRIHDFKF KDQQHOFDQEHVHWLQGLYLGXDOO\ 

### Switch selection(SW) Switches A to H can be selected as the aileron channel, elevator channel, and rudder channel dual rate (exponential) switch. ŏ'HIDXOW : $LOHURQ : 6ZLWFK' / (OHYDWRU : 6ZLWFK$ / 5XGGHU : 6ZLWFK%

" D/R,EXPO " 

## D/R,EXPO 

# Dual rate / EXPO (MULTICOPT)

Channel selection Dual rate EXPO Switch selection ● The channel under selection is underlined. (Switch Direction) ● The dual rate and exponential

settings are displayed by a curve. ● Channel selection/Select the setting item with the Jog key

. < Channel > 1:Aileron 2:Elevator 3:Throttle 4:Rudder (Switch number) (D/R and EXPO rate display) Top row;Left side / down Bottom row;Right side / up

# 172Multicopter 1 Select the "SW" item and then select the channel with the Jog key

.



### Range: 1, 2, 4 2 A switch is chosen by + keyor -key

. 

## + - or 

### Range: SwA ~ SwH Switch Change 1 A channel is chosen by Jog key

.


### Range: 1, 2, 4 2 Adjust the rate by moving the cursor to D/R with the Jog key , switching the dual rate switch to the direction you want to set, moving the stick to the left (down) or right (up) side and pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: 0 ~ 140% Default: 100% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously.

Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and s tick by repeating step

1 Select the "EXP" item and then select the channel with the Jog key

.


### Range: 1~4 2 Adjust the rate by moving the cursor to EXP with the Jog key , switching the dual rate switch to the direction you want to set, moving the stick to the left (down) or right (up) side and pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. 

### Range: -100 ~ +100%

Default: 0% ● When you want to return the set value to the initial value, press the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. Adjust the rate of each direction of the dual rate switch and s tick by repeating step 

### D/R

EXPO 

## +

+ -

- ● Moving to another setting item of the same

channel is possible by Jog key

.

● Moving to another setting item of the

same channel is possible by Jog key

.

# 173Multicopter 

## Function

Method

1 Call the menu screen from the home screen by pressing the + key for 1 second. 

## + 2 Select from the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Open the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

.
(1 second) 

### Calling the setting screen

&175$/50 67.326,$/50 02'(セント 21 6:セント6Z$ 326,セント'2:1 67,&.セント   

### Beep sounds

When the THR stick is set to the specified position.

INH ⇔ ON/OFF Switch selsction Switch direction Stick position ● When INH is selected, the function cannot be used. When ON or OFF is selected, the function is activated. ON and OFF changes are linked to the switch. ● The number in parenthesis is the current throttle stick position.

1 Stick position is chosen by Jog key

. 2 Set the throttle stick to the position at which you want to generate the alarm. 3 When the Jog keyis held down the alarm sounds at that position.

Memorize the position at which the beep is to sound. THR Stick 

### Position setting $QDODUPVLQJOHEHHSFDQEHVRXQGHGDWWKHVSHFL¿HGWKURWWOH VWLFNSRVLWLRQ ŏ$ODUPIXQFWLRQ212))FDQEHVHWE\VZLWFK

"CNTR ALRM" 

## CNTR ALRM 

# Center alarm (MULTICOPT)

&175$/50

67.326,$/50 02'(セント 21 6:セント6Z$ 326,セント'2:1 67,&.セント ● Select the item with the

Jog key

.

# 174 

# TX SETTING The settings here are special settings that are unnecessary during normal use. The stick mode can be changed and stick adjustment (calibration), throttle lever reverse, and language can be set.



### ■ STK-MODE

■ STK-ADJ Turn on the power switch with the + key and ‒ key pressed in the power off state. The screen shown at the left appears. To return to the home screen, turn off the power and then turn the power back on without pressing the keys.
This is the MODE1 ~ MODE4 setting. The initial state is MODE2. To change the mode the stick ratchet must be changed. Request that this be done by Futaba Service. (Charged modification)

This function is normally not used. If stick deviation should o ccur, make this adjustment. Do not use it in the normal state. THR ELE RUD AIL 

## MODE 1 ELE THR RUD AIL 

## MODE 2

THR ELE AIL RUD 

## MODE 3 ELE THR AIL RUD 

## MODE 4

1 Turn off the power and then turn the power back on while pressing the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 2 Select STK-ADJ → NEXT in the menu with the Jog key

. 3 Enter the setting screen by pressing the Jog key

. 

### Calling the setting screen



## + -

1 Select the stick you want to adjust with 1 ~ 4 with the + key

. 

## + 2 Press the Jog key down and select NEUT ■ . 3 Set the stick to the neutral position and press the Jog key

. 

### Stick adjustment

2 3 4 1 7;6(77,1*

(QJOLVK 67.02'( 

67.$'- 1(;7 7+55(9 125 /$1*8$*(

# 175 ■ THR-REV

■ LANGUAGE This function is not used. When you want to use full throttle w ith the throttle stick down and slow with the throttle stick up, select REV. When the stick is up, trim is effective and when the stick is down, trim is not effective. *Throttle servo operation reversed by the linkage is usually pe rformed by reverse in the

normal menu. When throttle servo operation is reversed with the THR-REV function, trim becomes ineffective at slow.

The language displayed at proportional can be changed. The init ial setting is English, but can be selected from among 7 languages.

Return from the transmitter setting screen to the normal menu b y turning on the power without pressing a key. 4 Swing the selected stick fully to the left and right (up and down). 5 ■ appears next to "LEFT" and "RGHT" . Press the Jog key

. 6 W h e n "COMPLETE" i s displayed, adjustment is complete. 

## END

1 Turn off the power and then t u r n o n t h e p o w e r w h i l e pressing the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 2 Select THR-REV → NOR in the menu with the Jog key

. 3 S e l e c t NOR or REV b y pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. Setting is ended by power off. 

### THR-REV



## + - + -

1 Turn off the power and then t u r n o n t h e p o w e r w h i l e pressing the + key and ‒ key simultaneously. 2 Select LANGUAGE → English in the menu with the Jog key. 3 S e l e c t NOR or REV b y pressing the + keyor ‒ key

. Setting is ended by power off. 

### LANGUAGE



## + - + -

FUTABA CORPORATION 1080 Yabutsuka, Chosei-mura, Chosei-gun, Chiba-ken, 299-4395, Japan Phone: +81 475 32 6982, Facsimile: +81 475 32 6983 2014, 02 (2)